Avyakt murli for Saturday 31 March 2007

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

0>>>>131-03-07 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादा मधुबन31-03-07 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpdādā madhuban31-03-07 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]31-03-07 Om peace avyakt BapDada Madhuban

0> > 31-03-2007 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2“ सपूत बन अपनी सूरत से बाप की सूरत दिखाना , निर्माण ( सेवा ) के साथ निर्मल वाणी , निर्मान स्थिति का बैलेन्स रखना ”“ sapūt ban apnī sūrat sē bāp kī|key sūrat dikhānā , nirmāṇ ( sēvā ) kē sāth nirmal vāṇī , nirmān sthiti kā balance rakhnā ”“ sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūrat[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ) kē sāth[x] nirmal[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nirmān[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ”“ worthy (x|become[root]) one’s own x from father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x[inf.m.sg.d.] , creation ( service ) with x words , humble stage of balance keep[inf.m.sg.d.] ”

1Be worthy and show the Father's face through your face; together with being constructive (nirman) in service, also maintain the balance of speaking pure (nirmal) words and a humble (nirmaan) stage.

3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों के भाग्य की रेखायें देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K bhāgya kī|key rēkhāyē̃ dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada is pleased to see the lines of fortune of the children everywhere.

4सभी बच्चों के मस्तक में चमकती हुई ज्योति की रेखा चमक रही है . sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K mastak mē̃ chamaktī huī jyōti kī|key rēkhā chamak rahī hai . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . all child (of|K) forehead in x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] light (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

3The lines of sparkling light are shining on the forehead of all the children.

5नयनों में रूहानियत् की भाग्य रेखा दिखाई दे रही है . nayanō̃ mē̃ rūhāniyat kī|key bhāgya rēkhā dikhāī dē rahī hai . nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . eye in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x line be visible .

4The line of the fortune of spirituality is visible in their eyes.

6मुख में श्रेष्ठ वाणी के भाग्य की रेखा दिखाई दे रही है . mukh mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh vāṇī kē|K bhāgya kī|key rēkhā dikhāī dē rahī hai . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . mouth in elevated words (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line be visible .

5The line of the fortune of elevated words is visible through their mouth.

7होठों में रूहानी मुस्कराहट देख रहे हैं . hōṭhō̃ mē̃ rūhānī muskarāhaṭ dēkh rahē haĩ . hōṇṭh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] muskarāhaṭ[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . lip in spiritual x see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

6On their lips, Baba is seeing the spiritual smile.

8हाथों में सर्व परमात्म खज़ाने की रेखा दिखाई दे रही है . hāthō̃ mē̃ sarv paramātma khazānē kī|key rēkhā dikhāī dē rahī hai . hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . hand in all Supreme Soul treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line be visible .

7On their hands, the lines of all Godly treasures are visible.

9हर याद के कदम में पदमों की रेखा देख रहे हैं . har|her yād kē|K kadam mē̃ padamō̃ kī|key rēkhā dēkh rahē haĩ . har|harnā[root]|her yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[-o-nom-masculin] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) remembrance (of|K) step in multimillion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

8In every step of remembrance, Baba is seeing the line of multimillions.

10हर एक के ह्दय में बाप के लव में लवलीन की रेखा देख रहे हैं . har ēk kē|K hday mē̃ bāp kē|K lav|love mē̃ lavlīn kī|key rēkhā dēkh rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|love mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one (of|K) x in father (of|K) (Luv|love) in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

9In each one's heart, Baba is seeing the line of being absorbed in the Father's love.

11ऐसा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य हर एक बच्चा अनुभव कर रहे हैं ना  ! aisā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya har ēk bachchā anubhav kar rahē haĩ nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā  ! such elevated x each one child experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅  !

10Each of you children is experiencing such elevated fortune, are you not?

12क्योंकि यह भाग्य की रेखायें स्वयं बाप ने हर एक के श्रेष्ठ कर्म के कलम से खींची है . kyōṅki yah bhāgya kī|key rēkhāyē̃ svayã bāp nē har ēk kē|K śhrēṣhṭh karma kē|K kalam sē khīñchī hai . kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kalam[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because this x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x father ∅ each one (of|K) elevated deed (of|K) x from pull[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

11The Father Himself has drawn these lines of fortune with each one's pen of elevated action.

13ऐसा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य जो अविनाशी है , सिर्फ इस जन्म के लिए नहीं है लेकिन अनेक जन्मों की अविनाशी भाग्य रेखायें हैं . aisā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya jō avināśhī hai , sirph is janm kē liē nahī̃ hai lēkin anēk janmō̃ kī|key avināśhī bhāgya rēkhāyē̃ haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key avināśhī[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such elevated x that imperishable be[pres.sg.23] , only this (life|be born[root]) for not be[pres.sg.23] but many life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) imperishable x line be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

12It is such elevated fortune that it is imperishable; it is not just for this birth, but these are the imperishable lines of fortune for many births.

14अविनाशी बाप है और अविनाशी भाग्य की रेखायें हैं . avināśhī bāp hai aur avināśhī bhāgya kī|key rēkhāyē̃ haĩ . avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur avināśhī[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . imperishable father be[pres.sg.23] and imperishable x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

13The Father is imperishable and the lines of fortune are imperishable.

15इस समय श्रेष्ठ कर्म के आधार पर सर्व रेखायें प्राप्त होती हैं . is samay śhrēṣhṭh karma kē|K ādhār par sarv rēkhāyē̃ prāpt hōtī haĩ . is samay[x] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sarv[adj.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . at this time elevated deed (of|K) basis (at|other) all line reached be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

14At this time, all lines are attained on the basis of the elevated actions.

16इस समय का पुरूषार्थ अनेक जन्म की प्रालब्ध बना देती है . is samay kā purūṣhārth anēk janm kī|key prālabdh banā dētī hai . is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . at this time of effort many (life|be born[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .

15The effort of this time creates the reward for many births.

17बापदादा सभी बच्चों के इस समय भी जो प्रालब्ध अनेक जन्म मिलनी है वह इस जन्म में पुरूषार्थ की प्रालब्ध की प्राप्ति अभी देखने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K is samay bhī jō prālabdh anēk janm milnī hai vah is janm mē̃ purūṣhārth kī|key prālabdh kī|key prāpti abhī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K is samay[x] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all child (of|K) at this time too that reward many (life|be born[root]) receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that this (life|be born[root]) in effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment now see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

16Even at this time, BapDada wishes to see the reward that all of you children are to receive for many births, that attainment of the reward for the effort of this time, now.

18सिर्फ भविष्य नहीं लेकिन अभी भी यह सब रेखायें सदा अनुभव में आयें क्योंकि अभी के यह दिव्य संस्कार आपका नया संसार बना रहा है . sirph bhaviṣhya nahī̃ lēkin abhī bhī yah sab rēkhāyē̃ sadā anubhav mē̃ āyē̃ kyōṅki abhī kē|K yah divya saṅskār āpkā nayā saṅsār banā rahā hai . sirph[adj.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yah[pn.sg.d.] divya[adj.] saṅskār[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . only future not but now too this all line constantly experience in come[opt.pl.12hon3] because now (of|K) this divine sanskar you[.kā] new world (become[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|create[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .

17Not just in the future, but all these lines should be experienced constantly even now, because these divine sanskars of the present time are creating your new world.

19तो चेक करो , चेक करना आता है ना  ! tō check karō , check karnā ātā hai nā  ! tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

18Check! 19Do you know how to check?

20स्वयं ही स्वयं के चेकर बनो . svayã hī svayã kē|K checker banō . svayã hī[p.] svayã kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K checker bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x only x (of|K) x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

20You have to become your own checker.

21तो सर्व भाग्य की रेखायें अभी भी अनुभव होती हैं  ? tō sarv bhāgya kī|key rēkhāyē̃ abhī bhī anubhav hōtī haĩ  ? tō sarv[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? then all x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line now too experience be[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

21Are you experiencing the lines of all fortune even now?

22ऐसे तो नहीं समझते कि यह प्रालब्ध अन्त में दिखाई देगी  ? aisē tō nahī̃ samajhtē ki yah prālabdh ant mē̃ dikhāī dēgī  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? such then not understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this reward end in be visible  ?

22You do not think, do you, that this reward will be visible at the end?

23प्राप्ति भी अब है तो प्रालब्ध का अनुभव भी अभी करना है . prāpti bhī ab hai tō prālabdh kā anubhav bhī abhī karnā hai . prāpti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . attainment too now be[pres.sg.23] then reward of experience too now do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

23The attainment is at this time, and the reward also has to be experienced at this time.

24भविष्य संसार के संस्कार अभी प्रत्यक्ष जीवन में अनुभव होना है . bhaviṣhya saṅsār kē|K saṅskār abhī pratyakṣha jīvan mē̃ anubhav hōnā hai . bhaviṣhya[adj.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . future world (of|K) sanskar now visible life in experience be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

24The sanskars for the future world (sansar) have to be experienced in your life in a practical way now.

25तो क्या चेक करो  ? tō kyā check karō  ? tō kyā check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? then what check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ?

25What should you check?

26भविष्य संसार के संस्कारों का गायन करते हो कि भविष्य संसार में एक राज्य होगा . bhaviṣhya saṅsār kē|K saṅskārō̃ kā gāyan kartē hō ki bhaviṣhya saṅsār mē̃ ēk rājya hōgā . bhaviṣhya[adj.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . future world (of|K) sanskar of x do[pres.pl.m.2] that future world in one kingdom be[fut.m.sg.23] .

26You praise the sanskars of the future world - that in the future world there will be one kingdom.

27याद है ना वह संसार  ! yād hai nā vah saṅsār  ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] saṅsār[x]  ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that world  !

27You remember that world, do you not?

28कितने बार उस संसार में राज्य किया है  ? kitnē bār us saṅsār mē̃ rājya kiyā hai  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] rājya karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? so time that world in x  ? 29याद है  ? yād hai  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

28Do you remember how many times you have ruled in that world?

30कि याद दिलाने से याद आता है  ? ki yād dilānē sē yād ātā hai  ? ki[conj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? that remembrance x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

29Or, is it that you remember it only when Baba reminds you of it?

31क्या थे , वह स्मृति में है ना  ? kyā thē , vah smr̥iti mē̃ hai nā  ? kyā hōnā[past.pl] , vah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? what be[past.pl] , that awareness in be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

30Do you remember what it was? 31It is in your awareness, is it not?

32लेकिन वही संस्कार अभी के जीवन में प्रत्यक्ष रूप में हैं  ? lēkin vahī saṅskār abhī kē|K jīvan mē̃ pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ haĩ  ? lēkin vahī saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? but this sanskar now (of|K) life in visible Rup in be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

32Are those sanskars in your practical life at this time?

33तो चेक करो अभी भी मन में , बुद्धि में , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में , जीवन में एक राज्य है  ? tō check karō abhī bhī man mē̃ , buddhi mē̃ , sambandh-sampark mē̃ , jīvan mē̃ ēk rājya hai  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now too mind in , intellect in , x in , life in one kingdom be[pres.sg.23]  ?

33Check: In your mind, in your intellect, in your relationships and connections, in your life - do you have one kingdom?

34वा कभी-कभी आत्मा के राज्य के साथ-साथ माया का राज्य भी तो नहीं है  ? vā kabhī-kabhī ātmā kē|K rājya kē|K sāth-sāth māyā kā rājya bhī tō nahī̃ hai  ? vā kabhī[adv.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? or ever soul (of|K) kingdom (of|K) x Maya of kingdom too then not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

34Or, is it that sometimes, together with the soul's rule, there is also the rule of Maya?

35जैसे भविष्य प्रालब्ध में एक ही राज्य है , दो नहीं है . jaisē bhaviṣhya prālabdh mē̃ ēk hī rājya hai , dō nahī̃ hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like future reward in one only kingdom be[pres.sg.23] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) not be[pres.sg.23] . 36तो अभी भी दो राज्य तो नहीं है  ? tō abhī bhī dō rājya tō nahī̃ hai  ? tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then now too (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) kingdom then not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

35In your future reward, there is just one kingdom, not two; so too, now also, there aren't two kingdoms, are there?

37जैसे भविष्य राज्य में एक राज्य के साथ एक धर्म है , वह धर्म कौन सा है  ? jaisē bhaviṣhya rājya mē̃ ēk rājya kē sāth ēk dharm hai , vah dharm kaun sā hai  ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? like future kingdom in one kingdom with one religion be[pres.sg.23] , that religion which be[pres.sg.23]  ?

36Just as in the future kingdom, together with the one kingdom, there is one religion. 37What religion is that?

38सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की धारणा का धर्म है . sampūrṇ pavitratā kī|key dhārṇā kā dharm hai . sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . complete purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dharna of religion be[pres.sg.23] .

38It is the religion of the dharna of complete purity.

39तो अभी चेक करो कि पवित्रता सम्पूर्ण है  ? tō abhī check karō ki pavitratā sampūrṇ hai  ? tō ab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sampūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that purity complete be[pres.sg.23]  ?

39So, now check: Is there complete purity?

40स्वप्न में भी अपवित्रता का नामनिशान नहीं हो . svapn mē̃ bhī apavitratā kā nāmniśhān nahī̃ hō . svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . dream in too impurity of x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

40There should be no name or trace of impurity even in your dreams.

41पवित्रता अर्थात् संकल्प , बोल , कर्म और सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में एक ही धारणा सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की हो . pavitratā arthāt saṅkalp , bōl , karma aur sambandh-sampark mē̃ ēk hī dhārṇā sampūrṇ pavitratā kī hō . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . purity that is thought , (x|speak[root]) , deed and x in one only dharna complete purity do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .

41Purity means to have just the one dharna of complete purity in your thoughts, words, deeds and relationships and connections.

42ब्रह्माचारी हो . brahmāchārī hō . brahmāchārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

42You should be Brahmachari.

43अपनी चेकिंग करने आती है  ? apnī checking karnē ātī hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] checking karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? one’s own x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

43Do you know how to check yourself?

44जिसको अपनी चेकिंग करनी आती है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō apnī checking karnī ātī hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] checking karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] one’s own x (x|do[inf.f.]) come[pres.sg.f.23] that raise your hands .

44Those of you who know how to check yourselves, raise your hands?

45आती है और करते भी हैं  ? ātī hai aur kartē bhī haĩ  ? ānā[pres.sg.f.23] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? come[pres.sg.f.23] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? 46करते हैं , करते हैं  ? kartē haĩ , kartē haĩ  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

45You know how to check yourself, and do you also check yourself? 46Do you?

47टीचर्स को आता है  ? teachers kō ātā hai  ? teacher kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? teacher to come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

47Do the teachers know how to check?

48डबल फारेनर्स को आता है  ? double foreigners kō ātā hai  ? double foreigner kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? double foreigner to come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

48Do the double foreigners know?

49क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

49Why?

50अभी की पवित्रता के कारण आपके जड़ चित्र से भी पवित्रता की मांग करते हैं . abhī kī|key pavitratā kē|K kāraṇ āpkē jaṛ chitra sē bhī pavitratā kī|key māṅg kartē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mā̃gnā[root]|māṅg[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) purity (of|K) because you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture from too purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (ask[root]|x) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

50Because of the purity of the present time, even today people ask for purity from your non-living images.

51पवित्रता अर्थात् एक धर्म अब की स्थापना है जो भविष्य में भी चलती है . pavitratā arthāt ēk dharm ab kī|key sthāpanā hai jō bhaviṣhya mē̃ bhī chaltī hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23] . purity that is one religion now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) establishment be[pres.sg.23] that future in too continue[pres.sg.f.23] .

51Purity means one religion, which is established at this time and also continues in the future.

52ऐसे ही भविष्य का क्या गायन है  ? aisē hī bhaviṣhya kā kyā gāyan hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? such only future of what x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

52Similarly, what is the praise of the future?

53एक राज्य , एक धर्म और साथ में सदा सुख-शान्ति , सम्पत्ति , अखण्ड सुख , अखण्ड शान्ति , अखण्ड सम्पत्ति . ēk rājya , ēk dharm aur sāth mē̃ sadā sukh-śhānti , sampatti , akhaṇḍ sukh , akhaṇḍ śhānti , akhaṇḍ sampatti . ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] śhānti , akhaṇḍ[adj.] sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . one kingdom , one religion and with in constantly happiness and peace , wealth , constant happiness , constant peace , constant wealth .

53One kingdom, one religion and, together with that, constant happiness, peace and wealth. 54Akhand (continuous, unbroken) happiness, akhand peace and akhand wealth.

54तो अब के आपके स्वराज्य के जीवन में , वह है विश्व राज्य और इस समय है स्वराज्य , तो चेक करो अविनाशी सुख , परमात्म सुख , अविनाशी अनुभव होता है  ? tō ab kē|K āpkē svarājya kē|K jīvan mē̃ , vah hai viśhva rājya aur is samay hai svarājya , tō check karō avināśhī sukh , paramātma sukh , avināśhī anubhav hōtā hai  ? tō ab[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āp[pn.pl.kē] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur is samay[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] avināśhī[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , avināśhī[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then now (of|K) you[.kē] own kingdom (of|K) life in , that be[pres.sg.23] world kingdom and at this time be[pres.sg.23] own kingdom , then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] imperishable happiness , Supreme Soul happiness , imperishable experience be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

55So, in your life of self-sovereignty - the other is the kingdom of the world - but, at this time, you have self-sovereignty. 56Check yourself! 57Imperishable happiness, Godly happiness: do you experience it to be imperishable?

55ऐसे तो नहीं , कोई साधन वा कोई सैलवेशन के आधार पर सुख का अनुभव तो नहीं होता  ? aisē tō nahī̃ , kōī sādhan vā kōī salvation kē|K ādhār par sukh kā anubhav tō nahī̃ hōtā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] , kōī[pn.;d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā kōī[pn.;d.] salvation kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? such then not , some facilities or some salvation (of|K) basis (at|other) happiness of experience then not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

58It should not be that you are experiencing happiness on the basis of any means or facilities.

56कभी दुःख की लहर किसी भी कारण से अनुभव में नहीं आनी चाहिए . kabhī duḥkh kī|key lahar kisī bhī kāraṇ sē anubhav mē̃ nahī̃ ānī chāhiē . kabhī[adv.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[.oblig3] . ever (sorrow|hurt[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave (anything|some) too because from experience in not come[.oblig3] .

59No wave of sorrow should be experienced at any time, for any reason.

57कोई नाम , मान-शान के आधार पर तो सुख अनुभव नहीं होता है  ? kōī nām , mān-śhān kē|K ādhār par tō sukh anubhav nahī̃ hōtā hai  ? kōī[pn.;d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , mān-śhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? some name , regard or honour (of|K) basis (at|other) then happiness experience not be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

60You are not experiencing happiness on the basis of name, fame or honour, are you?

58क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

61Why?

59यह नाम मान शान , साधन , सैलवेशन यह स्वयं ही विनाशी हैं , अल्पकाल के हैं . yah nām mān śhān , sādhan , salvation yah svayã hī vināśhī haĩ , alpkāl kē|K haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[root]|mān[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] , sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , salvation yah[pn.sg.d.] svayã hī[p.] vināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this name (x[root]|respect) honour , facilities , salvation this x only perishable be[pres.pl.12hon3] , temporary period (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

62Because name, fame, honour, means, facilities etc. are themselves perishable and temporary.

60तो विनाशी आधार से अविनाशी सुख नहीं मिलता . tō vināśhī ādhār sē avināśhī sukh nahī̃ miltā . tō vināśhī[adj.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] avināśhī[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then perishable basis from imperishable happiness not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

63You cannot receive imperishable happiness on the basis of perishable supports.

61चेक करते जाओ . check kartē jāō . check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .

64Continue to check yourself.

62अभी भी सुनते भी जाओ और अपने में चेक भी करते जाओ तो पता पड़ेगा कि अब के संस्कार और भविष्य संसार की प्रालब्ध में कितना अन्तर है  ! abhī bhī suntē bhī jāō aur apnē mē̃ check bhī kartē jāō tō patā paṛēgā ki ab kē|K saṅskār aur bhaviṣhya saṅsār kī|key prālabdh mē̃ kitnā antar hai  ! ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] check bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] saṅsār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! now too listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own in check too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23] that now (of|K) sanskar and future world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward in so difference be[pres.sg.23]  !

65Even now, continue to listen and also check yourself and you will know how much difference there is between the sanskars of the present time and the reward of the future world.

63आप सबने जन्मते ही बापदादा से वायदा किया है , याद है वायदा  ? āp sabnē janmatē hī bāpdādā sē vāydā kiyā hai , yād hai vāydā  ? āp[pn.pl.] sabnē janmatē hī[x] bāpdādā sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]  ? you x x BapDada from promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] promise  ?

66All of you promised BapDada as soon as you took birth. 67Do you remember your promise?

64है याद वायदा कि भूल गया है  ? hai yād vāydā ki bhūl gayā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] yād[n.f.;sg.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ki[conj.] bhūl jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? be[pres.sg.23] remembrance promise that x[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

68Do you? 69Or, have you forgotten it?

65यही वायदा किया कि हम सभी बाप के साथी बन , विश्व कल्याणकारी बन नया सुख शान्तिमय संसार बनाने वाले हैं . yahī vāydā kiyā ki ham sabhī bāp kē|K sāthī ban , viśhva kalyāṇkārī ban nayā sukh śhāntimay saṅsār banānē vālē haĩ . yahī[pn.;d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhāntimay[adj.] saṅsār[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this promise do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that we all father (of|K) companion (x|become[root]) , world beneficial (x|become[root]) new happiness x world create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

70You promised that all of you will become the Father's companions, be world benefactors and become the makers of the new world of peace and happiness.

66याद है  ? yād hai  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

71Do you remember it?

67याद है अपना वायदा  ? yād hai apnā vāydā  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]  ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] (adopt[root]|one’s own) promise  ?

72Do you remember your promise?

68है याद  ? hai yād  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] yād[n.f.;sg.]  ? be[pres.sg.23] remembrance  ?

69हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

73Raise your hands!

70पीछे वाले भी उठा रहे हैं . pīchhē vālē bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x those who too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

74Even those sitting at the back are raising their hands.

71यहाँ भी उठा रहे हैं , पक्का वायदा है या थोड़ा गड़बड़ हो जाती है  ? yahā̃ bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ , pakkā vāydā hai yā thōṛā gaṛbaṛ hō jātī hai  ? yahā̃ bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gaṛbaṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ? here too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , firm promise be[pres.sg.23] or short x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]  ?

75On this side too, they are raising their hands. 76Is it a firm promise? 77Or, is there sometimes something mixed in?

72नया संसार अब परमात्म संस्कार के आधार से बनाने वाले हैं . nayā saṅsār ab paramātma saṅskār kē|K ādhār sē banānē vālē haĩ . nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅsār[x] ab[adv.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . new world now Supreme Soul sanskar (of|K) basis from create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

78You are the ones who are creating the new world on the basis of Godly sanskars.

73तो सिर्फ अभी पुरूषार्थ नहीं करना है लेकिन पुरूषार्थ की प्रालब्ध भी अभी अनुभव करनी है . tō sirph abhī purūṣhārth nahī̃ karnā hai lēkin purūṣhārth kī|key prālabdh bhī abhī anubhav karnī hai . tō sirph[adj.] ab[adv.hī] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then only now effort not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward too now experience do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

79It is not a question of making effort only at this time, but you must also experience at this time the reward of the effort.

74सुख के साथ शान्ति को भी चेक करो - अशान्त सरकमस्टांश , अशान्त वायुमण्डल उसमें भी आप शान्ति सागर के बच्चे सदा कमल पुष्प समान अशान्ति को भी शान्ति के वायुमण्डल में परिवर्तन कर सकते हो  ? sukh kē sāth śhānti kō bhī check karō - aśhānt circumstance , aśhānt vāyumaṇḍal usmē̃ bhī āp śhānti sāgar kē|K bachchē sadā kamal puṣhp samān aśhānti kō bhī śhānti kē|K vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ parivartan kar saktē hō  ? sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] śhānti kō[postp.] bhī[p.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - aśhānt[adj.] circumstance , aśhānt[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] śhānti sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? happiness with peace to too check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - peaceless circumstances , peaceless atmosphere that[.mē̃] too you peace ocean (of|K) child constantly x flower equal peacelessness to too peace (of|K) atmosphere in transformation do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

80Together with happiness, also check about peace. 81Peaceless circumstances, peaceless atmosphere, and, in that too, you are children of the Ocean of Peace! 82You are always like lotus flowers. 83So, can you not transform peacelessness into an atmosphere of peace?

75शान्त वायुमण्डल है , उसमें आपने शान्ति अनुभव की , यह कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है लेकिन आपका वायदा है अशान्ति को शान्ति में परिवर्तन करने वाले हैं . śhānt vāyumaṇḍal hai , usmē̃ āpnē śhānti anubhav kī|key , yah kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai lēkin āpkā vāydā hai aśhānti kō śhānti mē̃ parivartan karnē vālē haĩ . śhānt[adj.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.nē] śhānti anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , yah[pn.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] śhānti mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . silent atmosphere be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] you[.nē] peace experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , this some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] but you[.kā] promise be[pres.sg.23] peacelessness to peace in transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

84If the atmosphere is peaceful, and you experience peace, that is not a big thing. 85However, your promise is that you are the ones who transform peacelessness into peace.

76तो चेक करो - कर रहे हैं ना चेक  ? tō check karō - kar rahē haĩ nā check  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā check  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ check  ?

86So check. 87You are checking yourself, are you not?

77परिवर्तक हो  ? parivartak hō  ? parivartak[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

88Are you the transformers?

78परवश तो नहीं हो ना  ? parvaśh tō nahī̃ hō nā  ? parvaśh[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? under an influence then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

89You are not influenced by anything, are you?

79परिवर्तक हो . parivartak hō . parivartak[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

90You are transformers.

80परिवर्तक कभी परवश नहीं हो सकता . parivartak kabhī parvaśh nahī̃ hō saktā . parivartak[adj.] kabhī[adv.] parvaśh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . transformer ever under an influence not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

91Those who are transformers can never be influenced by anything.

81इसी प्रकार से सम्पत्ति , अखुट सम्पत्ति , वह स्वराज्य अधिकारी की क्या है  ? isī prakār sē sampatti , akhuṭ sampatti , vah svarājya adhikārī kī|key kyā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.hī] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , akhuṭ[adj.] sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this[.hī] form from wealth , limitless wealth , that self-sovereign (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

92In this way - wealth, limitless wealth - what is the wealth of someone who is the master of the self?

82ज्ञान , गुण और शक्तियां स्वराज्य अधिकारी की सम्पत्तियां यह हैं . gyān , guṇ aur śhaktiyā̃ svarājya adhikārī kī|key sampattiyā̃ yah haĩ . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . knowledge , virtue and Shakti self-sovereign (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x this be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

93Knowledge, virtues and powers - these are the types of wealth of someone who is a self-sovereign, the master of the self.

83तो चेक करो - ज्ञान के सारे विस्तार के सार को स्पष्ट जान गये हो ना  ? tō check karō - gyān kē|K sārē vistār kē|K sār kō spaṣhṭ jān gayē hō nā  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] jānnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - knowledge (of|K) the whole expansion (of|K) essence to clearly know[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅  ?

94So check! 95You now clearly know the essence of the whole expansion of knowledge, do you not?

84ज्ञान का अर्थ यह नहीं है कि सिर्फ भाषण किया , कोर्स कराया , ज्ञान का अर्थ है समझ . gyān kā arth|earth yah nahī̃ hai ki sirph bhāṣhaṇ kiyā , course karāyā , gyān kā arth|earth hai samajh . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , course karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] . knowledge of (meaning|earth) this not be[pres.sg.23] that only lecture do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , course make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] , knowledge of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] (understanding|understand[root]) .

96Knowledge does not mean that you gave courses and lectures, but knowledge means understanding.

85तो हर संकल्प , हर कर्म बोल ज्ञान अर्थात् समझदार , नॉलेजफुल बनके करते हैं  ? tō har|her saṅkalp , har|her karma bōl gyān arthāt samajhdār , knowledgeful bankē kartē haĩ  ? tō har|harnā[root]|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt samajhdār[adj.] , knowledgeful bannā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? then (x|x[root]) thought , (x|x[root]) deed (x|speak[root]) knowledge that is sensible , knowledgeful become[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

97So, every thought, every deed, every word - knowledge means sensible. 98Do you do everything while being knowledge- full?

86सर्वगुण प्रैक्टिकल जीवन में इमर्ज रहते हैं  ? sarvguṇ practical jīvan mē̃ emerge rahtē haĩ  ? sarvguṇ[x] practical jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] emerge rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? all virtues practical life in emerge remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

99Do all virtues remain emerged in your practical life?

87सर्व हैं वा यथाशक्ति हैं  ? sarv haĩ vā yathāśhakti haĩ  ? sarv[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vā yathāśhakti hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? all be[pres.pl.12hon3] or according to their capacity be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

100Do you have all virtues, or only according to your capacity?

88इसी प्रकार सर्व शक्तियां आपका टाइटिल है - मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान , शक्तिवान नहीं हैं . isī prakār sarv śhaktiyā̃ āpkā title hai - master sarvśhaktivān , śhaktivān nahī̃ haĩ . yah[pn.sg.hī] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] - master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] , śhaktivān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this[.hī] form all Shakti you[.kā] title be[pres.sg.23] - master Almighty Authority , x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

101In this way, all the powers - your title is master with all powers, not just one with some powers.

89तो सर्व शक्तियां सम्पन्न हैं  ? tō sarv śhaktiyā̃ sampann haĩ  ? tō sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then all Shakti full be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

102So, do you have all the powers to the fullest extent?

90और दूसरी बात सर्व शक्तियां समय पर कार्य करती हैं  ? aur dūsrī bāt sarv śhaktiyā̃ samay par kārya kartī haĩ  ? aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? and other matter all Shakti time (at|other) task do[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

103Secondly, do all the powers work at the right time?

91समय पर हाजिर होती हैं या समय बीत जाता है फिर याद आता है  ? samay par hājir hōtī haĩ yā samay bīt jātā hai phir yād ātā hai  ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] yā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bītnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? time (at|other) present be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] or time pass[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

104Are they present at the right time? 105Or, do you remember them when the time for using them has gone by?

92तो चेक करो तीनों ही बातें एक राज्य , एक धर्म और अविनाशी सुख-शान्ति , सम्पत्ति . tō check karō tīnō̃ hī bātē̃ ēk rājya , ēk dharm aur avināśhī sukh-śhānti , sampatti . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur avināśhī[adj.] sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampatti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all three only matter one kingdom , one religion and imperishable happiness and peace , wealth .

106So, check all these three things. 107One kingdom, one religion and imperishable happiness, peace and prosperity.

93क्योंकि नये संसार में यह बातें जो अभी स्वराज्य के समय का अनुभव है वह नहीं हो सकेगा . kyōṅki nayē saṅsār mē̃ yah bātē̃ jō abhī svarājya kē|K samay kā anubhav hai vah nahī̃ hō sakēgā . kyōṅki nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] . because new world in this matter that now own kingdom (of|K) time of experience be[pres.sg.23] that not be[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] .

108All these things that you experience now at the time of self-sovereignty will not be experienced in the new world.

94अभी इन सभी बातों का अनुभव कर सकते हैं . abhī in sabhī bātō̃ kā anubhav kar saktē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . now (this|in) all matter of experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

109All these things can be experienced at this time.

95अभी से यह संस्कार इमर्ज होंगे तब अनेक जन्म प्रालब्ध के रूप में चलेंगे . abhī sē yah saṅskār emerge hōṅgē tab anēk janm prālabdh kē|K rūp mē̃ chalē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] emerge hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now from this sanskar emerge be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then many (life|be born[root]) reward (of|K) Rup in continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

110Only when these sanskars emerge from now will they continue in the form of the reward.

96ऐसे तो नहीं समझते हैं कि धारण कर रहे हैं , हो जायेगा , अन्त तक तो हो ही जायेंगे  ! aisē tō nahī̃ samajhtē haĩ ki dhāraṇ kar rahē haĩ , hō jāyēgā , ant tak tō hō hī jāyēṅgē  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! such then not understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that adopt[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , end until then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

111You do not think, do you, that you are still imbibing them, that it will happen, that it will definitely happen by the end?"

97बापदादा ने पहले से ही इशारा दे दिया है कि बहुतकाल का अभी का अभ्यास बहुतकाल की प्राप्ति का आधार है . bāpdādā nē pahlē sē hī iśhārā dē diyā hai ki bahutkāl kā abhī kā abhyās bahutkāl kī|key prāpti kā ādhār hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahutkāl karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ beforehand only signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that a long period of time of now of practice a long period of time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment of basis be[pres.sg.23] .

112BapDada has already given you a signal in advance that the practice over a long period of time at the present time is the basis of the attainment over a long period of time.

98अन्त में हो जायेगा नहीं सोचना , हो जायेगा नहीं , होना ही है . ant mē̃ hō jāyēgā nahī̃ sōchnā , hō jāyēgā nahī̃ , hōnā hī hai . ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . end in be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] not think[inf.m.sg.d.] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] not , be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

113Do not think that it will happen by the end, that it will happen then. 114No. 115It has to happen now.

99क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

116Why?

100स्वराज्य का जो अधिकार है वह अभी बहुतकाल का अभ्यास चाहिए . svarājya kā jō adhikār hai vah abhī bahutkāl kā abhyās chāhiē . svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . own kingdom of that right be[pres.sg.23] that now a long period of time of practice (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

117To have a right to being the master of the self, you need the practice over a long period of time now.

101अगर एक जन्म में अधिकारी नहीं बन सकते , अधीन बन जाते तो अनेक जन्म कैसे होंगे  ! agar ēk janm mē̃ adhikārī nahī̃ ban saktē , adhīn ban jātē tō anēk janm kaisē hōṅgē  ! agar ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , adhīn[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! if one (life|be born[root]) in (one) who has a right not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , dependent (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then many (life|be born[root]) how be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

118If you are not able to have a right in one birth and you become dependent, then how can you have rights for many births?

102इसलिए बापदादा सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को बार-बार इशारा दे रहे हैं कि अभी समय की रफ्तार तीव्रगति में जा रही है इसलिए सभी बच्चों को अभी सिर्फ पुरूषार्थी नहीं बनना है लेकिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बन , पुरूषार्थ की प्रालब्ध का अभी बहुतकाल से अनुभव करना है . isliē bāpdādā sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bār-bār iśhārā dē rahē haĩ ki abhī samay kī|key raphtār tīvragati mē̃ jā rahī hai isliē sabhī bachchō̃ kō abhī sirph purūṣhārthī nahī̃ bannā hai lēkin tīvr purūṣhārthī ban , purūṣhārth kī|key prālabdh kā abhī bahutkāl sē anubhav karnā hai . isliē bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] tīvragati[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] isliē sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] , puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bahutkāl sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore BapDada all everywhere (of|K) child to time signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that now time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed fast speed in go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] therefore all child to now only effort-maker not become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but intense effort-maker (x|become[root]) , effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward of now a long period of time from experience do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

119This is why BapDada is repeatedly signalling to all the children everywhere that the speed of time is now moving very fast. 120Therefore, all the children mustn't just become effort-makers, but must become intense effort-makers and experience the reward of effort over a long period of time now.

103तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की निशानियां बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाई हैं . tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key niśhāniyā̃ bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāī haĩ . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

121BapDada has already told you earlier the signs of intense effort.

104तीव्र पुरूषार्थी सदा मास्टर दाता होगा , लेवता नहीं देवता , देने वाला . tīvr purūṣhārthī sadā master dātā hōgā , lēvtā nahī̃ dēvtā , dēnē vālā . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] sadā master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] , dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . intense effort-maker constantly master bestower be[fut.m.sg.23] , x not deity , give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

122An intense effort-maker will always be a master bestower. 123He will not be one who takes (levta) , but a deity (devta), one who gives.

105यह हो तो मेरा पुरूषार्थ हो , यह करे तो मैं भी करूं , यह बदले तो मैं भी बदलूं , यह बदले , यह करे , यह दातापन की निशानी नहीं है . yah hō tō mērā purūṣhārth hō , yah karē tō maĩ bhī karū̃ , yah badlē|badalē tō maĩ bhī badalū̃ , yah badlē|badalē , yah karē , yah dātāpan kī|key niśhānī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] puruṣhārth hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] badlē|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badalnā[opt.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] badalnā[opt.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] badlē|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badalnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dātāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then I[.kā] effort (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this do[opt.sg.23] then I too do[opt.sg.1] , this (x|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|change[opt.sg.23]) then I too change[opt.sg.1] , this (x|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|change[opt.sg.23]) , this do[opt.sg.23] , this being a bestower (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign not be[pres.sg.23] .

124Not that you say, "If I have this, I can make effort. 125If this one does it, then I will also do it. 126If this one changes, then I will also change. 127This one should change; this one should do it." 128These are not signs of a bestower.

106कोई करे न करे , लेकिन मैं बापदादा समान करूं , ब्रह्मा बाप समान भी , साकार में भी देखा , बच्चे करें तो मैं करूं , कभी नहीं कहा , मैं करके बच्चों से कराऊं . kōī karē na karē , lēkin maĩ bāpdādā samān karū̃ , brahmā bāp samān bhī , sākār mē̃ bhī dēkhā , bachchē karē̃ tō maĩ karū̃ , kabhī nahī̃ kahā , maĩ karkē bachchō̃ sē karāū̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] na[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā samān[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bhī[p.] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] karānā[opt.sg.1] . some do[opt.sg.23] not do[opt.sg.23] , but I BapDada equal do[opt.sg.1] , Brahma equal to the Father too , sakar in too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , child do[opt.pl.12hon3] then I do[opt.sg.1] , ever not say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , I do[abs.] child from make commit[opt.sg.1] .

129Whether someone does that or not, I should continue to do it, the same as BapDada, like Brahma Baba. 130You also saw the sakar form; he never said: If the children do it, then I will do it. 131It was always: I will do it and then make the children do it.

107दूसरी निशानी है तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की , सदा निर्मान , कार्य करते भी निर्मान , निर्माण और निर्मान दोनों का बैलेन्स चाहिए . dūsrī niśhānī hai tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key , sadā nirmān , kārya kartē bhī nirmān , nirmāṇ aur nirmān dōnō̃ kā balance chāhiē . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , sadā nirmān[adj.] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] nirmān[adj.] , nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmān[adj.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . other sign be[pres.sg.23] intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , constantly humble , task do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too humble , creation and humble x of balance (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

132The second sign of intense effort is: To remain constantly humble, even while carrying out a constructive task. 133There has to be the balance of both - being constructive and humble.

108क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

134Why?

109निर्मान बनकर कार्य करने में सर्व द्वारा दिल का स्नेह और दुआयें मिलती हैं . nirmān bankar kārya karnē mē̃ sarv dvārā dil kā snēh aur duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . nirmān[adj.] bannā[abs.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] dvārā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . humble become[abs.] task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in all through heart of love and blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

135When you carry out a task with humility, you receive love and blessings from everyone's heart.

110बापदादा ने देखा कि निर्माण अर्थात् सेवा के क्षेत्र में आजकल सभी अच्छे उमंग उत्साह से नये-नये प्लैन बना रहे हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki nirmāṇ arthāt sēvā kē|K kṣhētra mē̃ ājkal sabhī achchhē umaṅg utsāh sē nayē-nayē plan banā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] ājkal sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that creation that is service (of|K) field in nowadays all achcha zeal enthusiasm from new plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

136BapDada has seen that in being constructive, that is, on the field of service, nowadays everyone is making new plans with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.

111इसकी बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं . iskī bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.kī] bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this[.kī] BapDada everywhere (of|K) child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

137For this, BapDada is congratulating all the children everywhere.

112बापदादा के पास निर्माण के , सेवा के प्लैन बहुत अच्छे-अच्छे आये हैं . bāpdādā kē pās nirmāṇ kē|K , sēvā kē|K plan bahut achchhē-achchhē āyē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to creation (of|K) , service (of|K) plan very achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

138BapDada has received many very good plans for constructive service.

113लेकिन बापदादा ने देखा कि निर्माण के कार्य तो बहुत अच्छे लेकिन जितना सेवा के कार्य में उमंग-उत्साह है उतना अगर निर्मान स्टेज का बैलेन्स हो तो निर्माण अर्थात् सेवा के कार्य में और सफलता और ज्यादा प्रत्यक्ष रूप में हो सकती है . lēkin bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki nirmāṇ kē|K kārya tō bahut achchhē lēkin jitnā sēvā kē|K kārya mē̃ umaṅg-utsāh hai utnā agar nirmān stage kā balance hō tō nirmāṇ arthāt sēvā kē|K kārya mē̃ aur saphaltā aur jyādā pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ hō saktī hai . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] agar nirmān[adj.] stage kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] aur jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . but BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that creation (of|K) task then very achcha but the more service (of|K) task in zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] x if humble stage of balance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then creation that is service (of|K) task in and success and more visible Rup in be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .

139However, BapDada saw that the constructive tasks are very good, but, to the extent that you have zeal and enthusiasm for service, if you are just as much balanced in the stage of humility, then, in the construction, that is, in the task of service, there will be greater success in a more visible form.

114बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है – निर्मान स्वभाव , निर्मान बोल और निर्मान स्थिति से सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आना , देवताओं का गायन करते हैं लेकिन है ब्राह्मणों का गायन , देवताओं के लिए कहते हैं उनके मुख से जो बोल निकलते वह जैसे हीरे मोती , अमूल्य , निर्मल वाणी , निर्मल स्वभाव . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai – nirmān svabhāv , nirmān bōl aur nirmān sthiti sē sambandh-sampark mē̃ ānā , dēvtāō̃ kā gāyan kartē haĩ lēkin hai brāhmaṇō̃ kā gāyan , dēvtāō̃ kē liē kahtē haĩ unkē mukh sē jō bōl nikaltē vah jaisē hīrē mōtī , amūlya , nirmal vāṇī , nirmal svabhāv . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] – nirmān[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmān[adj.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur nirmān[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] nikalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , amūlya[adj.] , nirmal[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nirmal[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] – humble nature , humble (x|speak[root]) and humble stage from x in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , deity of x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but be[pres.sg.23] Brahmin of x , deity for say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kē] mouth from that (x|speak[root]) be extracted[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that like diamond pearl , invaluable , x words , x nature .

140BapDada has also told you earlier to have a humble nature, to have humility in your words and your stage when you come into relationship and connection with others. 141This is the praise of the deities, but in fact, it is the praise of Brahmins. 142It is said of the deities that the words that emerge through their lips are like diamonds and pearls - invaluable. 143Pure and gentle words, pure and gentle nature.

115अभी बापदादा देखते हैं , रिजल्ट सुना दें ना , क्योंकि इस सीजन का लास्ट टर्न है . abhī bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ , result sunā dē̃ nā , kyōṅki is season kā last turn hai . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , result sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] nā , kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , result speak[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ∅ , because this season of last you be[pres.sg.23] .

144BapDada is now examining you and so He should give you the result, should He not? 145Because this is the last turn of this season.

116तो बापदादा ने देखा कि निर्मल वाणी , निर्मान स्थिति उसमें अभी अटेन्शन चाहिए . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki nirmal vāṇī , nirmān sthiti usmē̃ abhī attention chāhiē . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] nirmal[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nirmān[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] attention chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x words , humble stage that[.mē̃] now attention (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

146BapDada saw that, in having pure words and humility in your stage, more attention is needed.

117बापदादा ने पहले खज़ाने के तीन खाते जमा करो , यह पहले बताया है . bāpdādā nē pahlē khazānē kē|K tīn khātē jamā karō , yah pahlē batāyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) treasure (of|K) x (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) accumulate , this (x|firstly) tell[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

147BapDada has already told you to accumulate in your three accounts of treasures.

118तो रिजल्ट में क्या देखा  ? tō result mē̃ kyā dēkhā  ? tō result mē̃[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then result in what see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

148What did Baba see as a result?

119तीन खाते कौन से हैं  ? tīn khātē kaun sē haĩ  ? tīn[adj.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) who from be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

149What are the three accounts?

120वह तो याद होगा ना  ! vah tō yād hōgā nā  ! vah[pn.sg.d.] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! that then remembrance be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

150You would have remembered them, would you not?

121फिर भी रिवाइज कर रहे हैं - एक है अपने पुरूषार्थ से जमा का खाता बढ़ाना . phir bhī revise kar rahē haĩ - ēk hai apnē purūṣhārth sē jamā kā khātā baṛhānā . phir bhī[x] revise karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . nevertheless x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - one be[pres.sg.23] one’s own effort from saving account increase[inf.m.sg.d.] .

151Nevertheless, Baba is now revising them. 1521. With your effort, increase your account of accumulation.

122दूसरा है - सदा स्वयं भी सन्तुष्ट रहे और दूसरे को भी सन्तुष्ट करे , भिन्न-भिन्न संस्कार को जानते हुए भी सन्तुष्ट रहना और सन्तुष्ट करना इससे दुआओं का खाता जमा होता है . dūsrā hai - sadā svayã bhī santuṣhṭ rahē aur dūsrē kō bhī santuṣhṭ karē , bhinn-bhinn saṅskār kō jāntē huē bhī santuṣhṭ rahnā aur santuṣhṭ karnā issē duāō̃ kā khātā jamā hōtā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sadā svayã bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , bhinn[adj.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.sē] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . other be[pres.sg.23] - constantly x too content (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and other to too content do[opt.sg.23] , different sanskar to know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and content do[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.sē] blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

1532. Always remain content yourself and make others content too. 154Remain content and make others content while knowing the different sanskars, for through this you are able to accumulate in your account of blessings.

123अगर किसी भी कारण से सन्तुष्ट करने में कमी रह जाती है तो पुण्य के खाते में जमा नहीं होता . agar kisī bhī kāraṇ sē santuṣhṭ karnē mē̃ kamī rah jātī hai tō puṇya kē|K khātē mē̃ jamā nahī̃ hōtā . agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if (anything|some) too because from content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x remain[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then charity (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

155If, due to any reason, there is something lacking in making others content, it doesn't accumulate in the account of charity.

124सन्तुष्टता पुण्य की चाबी है . santuṣhṭatā puṇya kī|key chābī hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . contentment charity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key be[pres.sg.23] . 125चाहे रहना , चाहे करना . chāhē rahnā , chāhē karnā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

156Contentment is the key to charity, whether it is to remain content yourself or make others content.

126और तीसरा है - सेवा में भी सदा निःस्वार्थ , मैं पन नहीं . aur tīsrā hai - sēvā mē̃ bhī sadā niḥsvārth , maĩ pan nahī̃ . aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sadā niḥsvārth[adj.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . and third be[pres.sg.23] - service in too constantly altruistic , I x not . 127मैंने किया , या मेरा होना चाहिए , यह मैं और मेरापन जहाँ सेवा में आ जाता है वहाँ पुण्य का खाता जमा नहीं होता . mainnē kiyā , yā mērā hōnā chāhiē , yah maĩ aur mērāpan jahā̃ sēvā mē̃ ā jātā hai vahā̃ puṇya kā khātā jamā nahī̃ hōtā . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] jahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] vahā̃ puṇya kā khātā[x] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . I[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , or I[.kā] (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) , this I and x where there service in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] there accounts of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

1573. In service, too, always be altruistic: not have the consciousness of "I" - "I did this", or "My name should be mentioned." 158Where there is the consciousness of "I" and "mine" in service you are not able to accumulate in the account of charity.

128मेरापन , अनुभवी हो यह रॉयल रूप का भी मेरापन बहुत है . mērāpan , anubhavī hō yah royal rūp kā bhī mērāpan bahut hai . mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x , experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) this royal Rup of too x very be[pres.sg.23] .

159You are experienced in the consciousness of "mine". 160There is a lot of consciousness of "mine" even in a royal way.

129रॉयल रूप के मेरेपन की लिस्ट साधारण मेरेपन से लम्बी है . royal rūp kē|K mērēpan kī|key list sādhāraṇ mērēpan sē lambī hai . royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list sādhāraṇ[adj.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . royal Rup (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list ordinary x from x be[pres.sg.23] .

161The list of the royal consciousness of "mine" is even longer than the list of the consciousness of "mine" in an ordinary way.

130तो जहाँ भी मैं और मेरेपन का स्वार्थ आ जाता है , निःस्वार्थ नहीं है वहाँ पुण्य का खाता कम जमा होता है . tō jahā̃ bhī maĩ aur mērēpan kā svārtha ā jātā hai , niḥsvārth nahī̃ hai vahā̃ puṇya kā khātā cum|kam jamā hōtā hai . tō jahā̃ bhī[p.] maĩ aur mērēpan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , niḥsvārth[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ puṇya kā khātā[x] cum|kam[adj.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then where there too x of x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , altruistic not be[pres.sg.23] there accounts of charity (x|less) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

162Whenever there is the selfish motive of "I" or "mine" and you are not altruistic, very little charity is accumulated in your account.

131मेरेपन की लिस्ट फिर कभी सुनायेंगे , बड़ी लम्बी है और बड़ी सूक्ष्म है . mērēpan kī|key list phir kabhī sunāyēṅgē , baṛī lambī hai aur baṛī sūkṣhma hai . mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sūkṣhma[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list (turn[root]|then) ever speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , very x be[pres.sg.23] and very subtle be[pres.sg.23] .

163Baba will tell you about the list of "mine" some other time. 164It is very long and very subtle.

132तो बापदादा ने देखा कि अपने पुरूषार्थ से यथाशक्ति सभी अपना-अपना खाता जमा कर रहे हैं लेकिन दुआओं का खाता और पुण्य का खाता वह अभी भरने की आवश्यकता है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki apnē purūṣhārth sē yathāśhakti sabhī apnā-apnā khātā jamā kar rahē haĩ lēkin duāō̃ kā khātā aur puṇya kā khātā vah abhī bharnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] yathāśhakti sab[adv.hī] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur puṇya kā khātā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bharnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that one’s own effort from according to their capacity all (adopt[root]|one’s own) (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) accumulate but blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) and accounts of charity that now fill[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23] .

165So, BapDada has seen that, in your efforts, you are all accumulating in your account according to your own capacity. 166However, there is now a need to increase the account of blessings and the account of charity.

133इसलिए तीनों खाते जमा करने का अटेन्शन . isliē tīnō̃ khātē jamā karnē kā attention . isliē tīnō̃[adj.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention . therefore all three (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of attention .

167This is why there now has to be attention paid to accumulate in the three accounts.

134संस्कार वैरायटी अभी भी दिखाई देंगे , सबके संस्कार अभी सम्पन्न नहीं हुए हैं लेकिन हमारे ऊपर औरों के कमज़ोर स्वभाव , कमज़ोर संस्कारों का प्रभाव नहीं पड़ना चाहिए . saṅskār variety abhī bhī dikhāī dēgē , sabkē saṅskār abhī sampann nahī̃ huē haĩ lēkin hamārē ūpar aurō̃ kē|K kamzōr svabhāv , kamzōr saṅskārō̃ kā prabhāv nahī̃ paṛnā chāhiē . saṅskār[x] variety ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] sampann[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kē] ūpar aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kamjōr[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kamjōr[adj.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|paṛnā[.oblig3] . sanskar variety now too be visible , everyone's sanskar now full not be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but we[.kē] over others (of|K) weak nature , weak sanskar of x not (fall[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|fall[.oblig3]) .

168The variety of sanskars will be visible even now. 169No one's sanskars have become complete yet. 170However, now, I should not be influenced by the weak nature or weak sanskars of others.

135मैं मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हूँ , कमज़ोर संस्कार शक्तिशाली नहीं हैं . maĩ master sarvśhaktivān hū̃ , kamzōr saṅskār śhaktiśhālī nahī̃ haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , kamjōr[adj.] saṅskār[x] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . I master Almighty Authority be[pres.sg.1] , weak sanskar powerful not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

171I am a master with all powers, a master almighty authority. 172Weak sanskars are not powerful.

136मुझ मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान के ऊपर कमज़ोर संस्कार का प्रभाव नहीं पड़ना चाहिए . mujh master sarvśhaktivān kē ūpar kamzōr saṅskār kā prabhāv nahī̃ paṛnā chāhiē . maĩ[pn.sg.o.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kē ūpar[x] kamjōr[adj.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|paṛnā[.oblig3] . I master Almighty Authority over weak sanskar of x not (fall[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|fall[.oblig3]) .

173Weak sanskars cannot influence me, a master almighty authority, one with all powers.

137सेफ्टी का साधन है बापदादा की छत्रछाया में रहना . safety kā sādhan hai bāpdādā kī|key chhatrachhāyā mē̃ rahnā . safety kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhatrachhāyā[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . safety of facilities be[pres.sg.23] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) canopy of protection in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

174The means of safety is to stay under BapDada's canopy of protection.

138बापदादा के कम्बाइण्ड रहना . bāpdādā kē|K combined rahnā . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K combined rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada (of|K) combined remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

175Remain combined with BapDada.

139छत्रछाया है श्रीमत . chhatrachhāyā hai śhrīmat . chhatrachhāyā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . canopy of protection be[pres.sg.23] shrimat .

176Shrimat is the canopy of protection.

140अभी इस सीजन का लास्ट टर्न है , दूसरी सीजन समय प्रमाण चालू होगी लेकिन जैसे नई सीजन मिलन मनाने की चालू होगी , उसम्रें नवीनता क्या दिखायेंगे  ? abhī is season kā last turn hai , dūsrī season samay pramāṇ chālū hōgī lēkin jaisē naī season milan manānē kī|key chālū hōgī , usamrē̃ navīntā kyā dikhāyēṅgē  ? ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chālū[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chālū[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , x navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? now this season of last you be[pres.sg.23] , other season time (under) working be[fut.f.sg.23] but like new season meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) working be[fut.f.sg.23] , x newness what x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

177Now, this is the last turn of this season. 178Next season will continue according to the time, but when the new season to celebrate a meeting begins, what newness will you show in that?

141अपने लिए कोई नया प्लैन बनाया है  ? apnē liē kōī nayā plan banāyā hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) some new plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

179Have you made a new plan for yourself?

142जैसे सेवा के लिए नये-नये प्लैन सोचते हो ना , तो स्व के प्रति , जो पुरानी बातें हैं उसमें नवीनता क्या सोची है  ? jaisē sēvā kē liē nayē-nayē plan sōchtē hō nā , tō sva kē prati , jō purānī bātē̃ haĩ usmē̃ navīntā kyā sōchī hai  ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , tō sva kē prati[x] , jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? like service for new plan think[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , then x for , that old matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] newness what think[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

180Just as you think of new plans for service, similarly, in terms of all the old things about the self, what newness have you thought about for that?

143अगर नहीं सोची भी है तो बापदादा इशारा दे रहे हैं कि स्व प्रति हर एक को संकल्प , बोल , सम्पर्क-सम्बन्ध , कर्म में नवीनता लाने का प्लैन बनाना ही है . agar nahī̃ sōchī bhī hai tō bāpdādā iśhārā dē rahē haĩ ki sva prati har ēk kō saṅkalp , bōl , sampark-sambandha , karma mē̃ navīntā lānē kā plan banānā hī hai . agar nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāpdādā iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sva prati har ēk[x] kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if not think[past-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] then BapDada signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that x for each one to thought , (x|speak[root]) , x , deed in newness x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

181If you haven't thought about it, then BapDada is giving a signal: Each one of you definitely has to make a plan to bring about newness in your thoughts, words, connections, relationships and deeds.

144बापदादा पहले रिजल्ट देखेंगे क्या नवीनता लाया  ? bāpdādā pahlē result dēkhē̃gē kyā navīntā lāyā  ? bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? BapDada (x|firstly) result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what newness x[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

182BapDada will first of all see the result: what newness you have brought about.

145क्या पुराना संस्कार दृढ़ संकल्प से परिवर्तन किया  ? kyā purānā saṅskār dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē parivartan kiyā  ? kyā purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? what old sanskar determined thought from transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

183What old sanskar have you transformed with your determination?

146यह रिजल्ट पहले देखेंगे . yah result pahlē dēkhē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] result pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this result (x|firstly) see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

184BapDada will first see this result.

147क्या सोचते हो  ? kyā sōchtē hō  ? kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? what think[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

185What are you thinking?

148ऐसा करें  ? aisā karē̃  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? such do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

186Should we do this?

149करें  ? karē̃  ? karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? do[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

187Should we?

150हाथ उठाओ जो कहते हैं करेंगे , करेंगे  ? hāth uṭhāō jō kahtē haĩ karē̃gē , karē̃gē  ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? raise your hands that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

188Raise your hands, those who are saying that they will definitely do this!

151अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 152करेंगे या दूसरे को देखेंगे  ? karē̃gē yā dūsrē kō dēkhē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or other to see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

189Achcha, will you do it? 190Or, will you look at others?

153क्या करेंगे  ? kyā karē̃gē  ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

191What will you do?

154दूसरे को नहीं देखना , बापदादा को देखना , अपनी बड़ी दादी को देखना . dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhnā , bāpdādā kō dēkhnā , apnī baṛī dādī kō dēkhnā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . other to not see[inf.m.sg.d.] , BapDada to see[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own very Dadi to see[inf.m.sg.d.] .

192Do not look at others. 193Look at BapDada. 194Look at your big Dadi.

155कितनी न्यारी और प्यारी स्टेज है . kitnī nyārī aur pyārī stage hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] stage hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so unique and loving stage be[pres.sg.23] .

195She has such a lovely and detached stage.

156बापदादा कहते हैं अगर किसको मैं और हद का मेरापन से न्यारा देखना हो तो अपने बापदादा के दिलतख्तनशीन दादी को देखो . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ agar kiskō maĩ aur had kā mērāpan sē nyārā dēkhnā hō tō apnē bāpdādā kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn dādī kō dēkhō . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] agar kaun[pn.sg.kō] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] if who[.kō] I and x of x from unique see[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then one’s own BapDada (of|K) seated on the heart throne Dadi to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

196BapDada says: If someone wants to see someone who has finished the consciousness of "I" and limited "mine", then look at our Dadiji, who is seated on BapDada's heart-throne.

157सारी लाइफ में हद का मेरापन , हद का मैं-पन से न्यारी रही है , उसकी रिजल्ट बीमारी कितनी भी है लेकिन दुःख दर्द की भासना से न्यारी है . sārī life mē̃ had kā mērāpan , had kā maĩ-pan sē nyārī rahī hai , uskī result bīmārī kitnī bhī hai lēkin duḥkh dard kī|key bhāsnā sē nyārī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] life mē̃[postp.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] result bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole life in x of x , x of consciousness of “I” from unique remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.kī] result illness so too be[pres.sg.23] but (sorrow|hurt[root]) pain (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[inf.m.sg.d.] from unique be[pres.sg.23] .

197In her whole life, she has always been beyond the limited consciousness of "I" and "mine", and the result of that is, no matter how ill she is, she is beyond any feeling of pain.

158एक ही शब्द पक्का है , कोई भी पूछता दादी कुछ दर्द है , दादी कुछ हो रहा है  ? ēk hī śhabda pakkā hai , kōī bhī pūchhtā dādī kuchh dard hai , dādī kuchh hō rahā hai  ? ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī bhī[x] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kuchh dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kuchh hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ? one only word firm be[pres.sg.23] , anyone ask[pres-part.m.sg.d.] Dadi anything pain be[pres.sg.23] , Dadi anything be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ?

198Just the one word is very firm. 199If anyone asks Dadi: Do you feel any pain? 200Dadi, is anything happening to you?

159क्या उत्तर मिलता  ? kyā uttar miltā  ? kyā uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? what answer receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

201What response do they receive?

160कुछ नहीं . kuchh nahī̃ . kuchh nahī̃[neg] . anything not .

202"It is nothing."

161क्योंकि निरस्वार्थ और दिल बड़ी , सर्व को समाने वाली , सर्व की प्यारी , इसकी प्रैक्टिकल निशानी देख रहे हैं . kyōṅki nirasvārtha aur dil baṛī , sarv kō samānē vālī , sarv kī|key pyārī , iskī practical niśhānī dēkh rahē haĩ . kyōṅki x aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] practical niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . because x and heart very , all to merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) loving , this[.kī] practical sign see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

203It is because she has been altruistic and has a big heart. 204She has accommodated everyone and is loved by everyone. 205You are seeing the practical signs of that.

162तो जब ब्रह्मा बाप की बात कहते हैं , तो कहते हैं उसमें तो बाप था ना , लेकिन दादी तो आपके साथ प्रभू पालना में रही , पढ़ाई में रही , सेवा में साथी रही , तो जब एक बन सकता है , निःस्वार्थ स्थिति में तो क्या आप सभी नहीं बन सकते  ? tō jab brahmā bāp kī|key bāt kahtē haĩ , tō kahtē haĩ usmē̃ tō bāp thā nā , lēkin dādī tō āpkē sāth prabhū pālnā mē̃ rahī , paṛhāī mē̃ rahī , sēvā mē̃ sāthī rahī , tō jab ēk ban saktā hai , niḥsvārth sthiti mē̃ tō kyā āp sabhī nahī̃ ban saktē  ? tō jab brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā , lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] prabhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.f.] , paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.f.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.f.] , tō jab ēk[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , niḥsvārth[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō kyā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? then when Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] then father be[past.m.sg] ∅ , but Dadi then you[.kē] with God (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) in remain[past-part.f.] , (teach[past-part.f.]|study) in remain[past-part.f.] , service in companion remain[past-part.f.] , then when one become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , altruistic stage in then what you all not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

206When people speak of Father Brahma, they say that the Father was in him. 207However, Dadi has lived with you under God's sustenance and the study; she has been your companion in service. 208So, if one can become that - altruistic in her stage - then, can all of you not become that?

163बन सकते हैं ना  ! ban saktē haĩ nā  ! bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā  ! become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅  !

209You can become that, can you not?

164बापदादा को निश्चय है कि आप ही बनने वाले हैं . bāpdādā kō niśhchay hai ki āp hī bannē vālē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to faith be[pres.sg.23] that you only become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

210BapDada has the faith that you are the ones who will become that.

165कितने बार बने हैं  ? kitnē bār banē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? so time become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? 166याद है  ? yād hai  ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

211Do you remember how many times you have become that?

167अनेक कल्प बाप समान बने हैं और अभी भी आप ही बनने वाले हो . anēk kalp bāp samān banē haĩ aur abhī bhī āp hī bannē vālē hō . anēk[adj.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . many cycle equal to the Father become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and now too you only become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

212You have become like the Father in many cycles, and, even now, you are the ones who are going to become that.

168इसी उमंग से , उत्साह से उड़ते चलो . isī umaṅg sē , utsāh sē uṛtē chalō . yah[pn.sg.hī] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.hī] zeal from , enthusiasm from fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

213Continue to fly with this zeal and enthusiasm.

169बाप को आपमें निश्चय है तो आप भी अपने में सदा निश्चयबुद्धि , बनना ही है ऐसा निश्चयबुद्धि बन उड़ते चलो . bāp kō āpmē̃ niśhchay hai tō āp bhī apnē mē̃ sadā niśhchaybuddhi , bannā hī hai aisā niśhchaybuddhi ban uṛtē chalō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.mē̃] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] sadā niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father to you[.mē̃] faith be[pres.sg.23] then you too one’s own in constantly intellect with faith , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] such intellect with faith (x|become[root]) fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

214The Father has faith in you. 215So, you too must also have the faith in your intellect that you are definitely going to become that. 216Have such faith in the intellect and continue to fly.

170जब बाप से प्यार है , प्यार में 100 परसेन्ट से भी ज्यादा है , ऐसे कहते हो . jab bāp sē pyār hai , pyār mē̃ 100 percent sē bhī jyādā hai , aisē kahtē hō . jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 100 percent sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . when father from love be[pres.sg.23] , love in 100 % from too more be[pres.sg.23] , such say[pres.pl.m.2] .

217Since you have love for the Father, in the subject of love, you say that you have more than 100% love.

171यह ठीक है  ? yah ṭhīk hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

218Is that right?

172जो भी सभी बैठे हैं वा जो भी अपने-अपने स्थान पर सुन रहे हैं , देख रहे हैं वह सभी प्यार की सबजेक्ट में अपने को 100 परसेन्ट समझते हैं  ? jō bhī sabhī baiṭhē haĩ vā jō bhī apnē-apnē sthān par sun rahē haĩ , dēkh rahē haĩ vah sabhī pyār kī|key subject mē̃ apnē kō 100 percent samajhtē haĩ  ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] 100 percent samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? that too all sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or that too one’s own place (at|other) listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that all love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject in one’s own to 100 % understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

219All those sitting here, and all those who are listening and seeing at their own places, in the subject of love, do all of you consider yourselves to have 100% love?

173वह हाथ उठाओ . vah hāth uṭhāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that raise your hands .

220Then, raise your hands!

174100 परसेन्ट  ? 100 percent  ? 100 percent  ? 100 %  ?

221100%.

175 ( सभी ने उठाया ) अच्छा . ( sabhī nē uṭhāyā ) achchhā . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( all ∅ uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achcha .

222(Everyone raised their hands.)

176पीछे वाले लम्बे हाथ उठाओ , हिलाओ . pīchhē vālē lambē hāth uṭhāō , hilāō . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who x raise your hands , make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

223Achcha, those sitting at the back, raise your hands high!

177इसमें तो सभी ने हाथ उठाया . ismē̃ tō sabhī nē hāth uṭhāyā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this[.mē̃] then all ∅ raise your hands .

224All of you raised your hands for this.

178तो प्यार की निशानी है समान बनना . tō pyār kī|key niśhānī hai samān bannā . tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

225The sign of love is to become equal.

179जिससे प्यार होता है उस जैसा बोलना , उस जैसा चलना , उस जैसा सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क निभाना , यह है प्यार की निशानी . jissē pyār hōtā hai us jaisā bōlnā , us jaisā chalnā , us jaisā sambandh-sampark nibhānā , yah hai pyār kī|key niśhānī . jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] that like speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , that like continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , that like x fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] , this be[pres.sg.23] love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign .

226The one you love, your speaking should be like that one's; your way of moving and fulfilling the responsibility of relationships should be in the same way that that one does. 227That is a sign of love.

180तो अगली सीजन में सभी की सूरत में बाप की सूरत दिखाई दे . tō aglī season mē̃ sabhī kī|key sūrat mē̃ bāp kī|key sūrat dikhāī dē . tō aglā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūrat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūrat[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . then next season in all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be visible .

228So, next season, the Father's face will be visible in everyone's face.

181हर एक के सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में बाप जैसे संस्कार दिखाई दें . har ēk kē|K sambandh-sampark mē̃ bāp jaisē saṅskār dikhāī dē̃ . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] dikhāī dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . each one (of|K) x in father like sanskar be visible .

229The sanskars similar to those of the Father should be visible in everyone's relationships and connections.

182यह है स्नेह का रिटर्न , स्वयं को टर्न करना . yah hai snēh kā return , svayã kō turn karnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return , svayã kō[postp.] tum karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] love of return , x to you do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

230This is the return of love: to turn yourself.

183देखो , आप सबके एक संकल्प की वृत्ति ने , योग की शक्ति ने दादी के परिवर्तन में ( तबियत के परिवर्तन में ) चार चांद लगा दिये . dēkhō , āp sabkē ēk saṅkalp kī|key vr̥itti nē , yōg kī|key śhakti nē dādī kē|K parivartan mē̃ ( tabiyat kē|K parivartan mē̃ ) chār chānd lagā diyē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ( tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ) chār[adj.] chānd[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+dēnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you everyone's one thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude ∅ , yoga (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti ∅ Dadi (of|K) transformation in ( health (of|K) transformation in ) four moon attach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+dēnā] .

231Look! 232The attitude of one thought of all of you and the power of yoga brought about a miraculous change in terms of Dadiji's health.

184साइलेन्स की शक्ति से एकमत होके एक वृत्ति से विधि ने प्रत्यक्ष फल दिखाया , इसकी मुबारक हो सभी को . silence kī|key śhakti sē ēkmat hōkē ēk vr̥itti sē vidhi nē pratyakṣha phal dikhāyā , iskī mubārak hō sabhī kō . silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] . silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from one direction be[abs.] one attitude from method ∅ visible fruit x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all to .

233The method of the power of silence, one united thought and one attitude showed the practical fruit. 234So, congratulations to everyone for that.

185हाँ भले ताली बजाओ . hā̃ bhalē tālī bajāō . hā̃ bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes benefit clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

235Yes, you may applaud.

186जब एक बात का प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण देख लिया , दृढ़ संकल्प संगठन की साइलेन्स , याद की शक्ति का . jab ēk bāt kā pratyakṣha pramāṇ dēkh liyā , dr̥iṛh saṅkalp saṅgaṭhan kī|key silence , yād kī śhakti kā . jab ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key silence , yād karnā[past-part.f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . when one matter of visible (under) see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , determined thought gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) silence , remember Shakti of . 187जब एक प्रमाण देख लिया तो आगे के लिए स्वपरिवर्तन के लिए , अपने को देखना है , अपने को बदलना है , अगर झुकना पड़े तो झुकना है लेकिन परिवर्तन करने से स्व को हटाना नहीं है . jab ēk pramāṇ dēkh liyā tō āgē kē liē svaparivartan kē liē , apnē kō dēkhnā hai , apnē kō badalnā hai , agar jhuknā paṛē tō jhuknā hai lēkin parivartan karnē sē sva kō haṭānā nahī̃ hai . jab ēk[adj.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō āgē kē liē[x] x kē liē[x] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , agar jhuknā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] tō jhuknā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sva kō[postp.] haṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when one (under) see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then previously for x for , one’s own to see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , one’s own to change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , if x[opt.sg.23.oblig2] then x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x to remove[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

236When you have seen the practical proof of one thing, of the determined thoughts, the collective power of remembrance and silence, when you have seen one proof, then in future too, for self-transformation, you have to look at yourself, and you have to change yourself. 237If you have to bow down, then bow down, but do not step away from bringing about transformation.

188ऐसे दृढ़ संकल्प कर हर एक को सबूत देना है क्योंकि सभी सपूत बच्चे हो . aisē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kar har ēk kō sabūt dēnā hai kyōṅki sabhī sapūt bachchē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such determined thought do[root] each one to x give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because all worthy child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

238Each one of you has to have this determination and give the proof of it, because all of you are worthy children.

189सपूत बच्चे का काम ही है प्रत्यक्ष सबूत देना . sapūt bachchē kā kām hī hai pratyakṣha sabūt dēnā . sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pratyakṣh[adj.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . worthy child of (task|lust) only be[pres.sg.23] visible x give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

239The duty of worthy children is to give the practical proof.

190अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

240Achcha.

191जो बापदादा ने होम वर्क दिया था - 15 दिन के लिए . jō bāpdādā nē home work diyā thā - 15 din kē liē . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work[x] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] - 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] . that BapDada ∅ homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] - 15 day for . 192एक बात का होमवर्क दिया , याद रहा  ? ēk bāt kā homework diyā , yād rahā  ? ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root]  ? one matter of homework give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , remembrance (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])  ?

241The homework that BapDada gave for 15 days, in that, Baba gave homework of just one thing.

193जिसने संकल्प तक भी न दुःख दिया , न दुःख लिया , स्वप्न में भी नहीं , संकल्प में भी नहीं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jisnē saṅkalp tak bhī na duḥkh diyā , na duḥkh liyā , svapn mē̃ bhī nahī̃ , saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.nē] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak bhī[p.] na[neg] duḥkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , na[neg] duḥkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] thought until too not hurt[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , not hurt[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , dream in too not , thought in too not , that raise your hands .

242Did you remember it? 243Those who, even in their thoughts, did not give sorrow or take sorrow, not in their dreams or in their thoughts, raise your hands!

194उठ के खड़े हो . uṭh kē|K khaṛē hō . uṭhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . wake up[root] (of|K) standing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

244Stand up!

195जिन्होंने पास मार्क्स ली , थोड़ी मार्क्स वाले नहीं , पास मार्क्स ली , क्यों  ! jinhōnnē pās|pass marks lī , thōṛī marks vālē nahī̃ , pās|pass marks lī , kyō̃  ! jō[pn.pl.nē] pās|pass mark lēnā[past-part.f.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mark vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , pās|pass mark lēnā[past-part.f.] , kyō̃  ! that[.nē] (x|pass) mark take[past-part.f.] , short mark those who not , (x|pass) mark take[past-part.f.] , why  !

245Only those who claimed pass marks! 246Not those who only claimed a few marks!

196पहली लाइन ने नहीं ली . pahlī line nē nahī̃ lī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[past-part.f.] . x line ∅ not take[past-part.f.] .

247Why? 248Did those in the front row not do this?

197पहली लाइन वाले क्यों नहीं उठते  ! pahlī line vālē kyō̃ nahī̃ uṭhtē  ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ! x line those who why not wake up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  !

249Why are those in the front row not standing up?

198अगर किया है तो उठो . agar kiyā hai tō uṭhō . agar karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

250If you have done this, then stand up!

199अगर दुःख नहीं दिया है तो उठो . agar duḥkh nahī̃ diyā hai tō uṭhō . agar duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if (sorrow|hurt[root]) not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

251If you haven't given any sorrow, then stand up!

200स्वप्न में भी , संकल्प में भी नहीं , फिर तो ताली बजाओ इन्हों के लिए . svapn mē̃ bhī , saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ , phir tō tālī bajāō inhō̃ kē liē . svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.pl.o.] kē liē[x] . dream in too , thought in too not , (turn[root]|then) then clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this for .

252Neither in your dreams nor in your thoughts. 253Then, applaud these people!

201डबल फारेनर्स ने भी उठाया है . double foreigners nē bhī uṭhāyā hai . double foreigner nē[postp.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . double foreigner ∅ too uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

254Double foreigners have also raised their hands.

202अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

255Achcha.

203अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

204अमर रहेंगे ना  ! amar rahē̃gē nā  ! amar[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! immortal remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

256You will remain immortal in this, will you not?

205अमरभव का वरदान याद रखना . amarbhav kā vardān yād rakhnā . amarbhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] . immortality of blessing remember .

257Remember the blessing of being immortal.

206अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

258Achcha.

207सेवा का टर्न ईस्टर्न जोन का है , ( बंगाल-बिहार , उड़ीसा , आसाम , नेपाल , तामिलनाडु जोन )  : यह तो बहुत अच्छा , सभी जोन वालों ने चांस लेने की विधि अच्छी बनाई है . sēvā kā turn eastern zone kā hai , ( baṅgāl-bihār , uṛīsā , āsām , nēpāl , tāmilnāḍu zone )  : yah tō bahut achchhā , sabhī zone vālō̃ nē chance lēnē kī|key vidhi achchhī banāī hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum eastern zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ( baṅgāl-bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , x , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x zone )  : yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] zone vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . service of you x zone of be[pres.sg.23] , ( Bengal and Bihar , Orrisa , x , x , x zone )  : this then very achcha , all zone those who ∅ chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method achcha create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

259It was the turn of Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, Assam, Nepal and Tamil Nadu to serve everyone: This is very good. 260Those of all the zones have created a good method to take a chance.

208बंगाल , बिहार , उड़ीसा , आसाम , नेपाल और तामिलनाडु कितनी राजधानियां हैं . baṅgāl , bihār , uṛīsā , āsām , nēpāl aur tāmilnāḍu kitnī rājadhāniyā̃ haĩ . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , x , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Bengal , Bihar , Orrisa , x , x and x so x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

261BapDada is seeing Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, Assam, Nepal and Tamil Nadu - there are so many kingdoms.

209बहुत हैं . bahut haĩ . bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

262There are many of you.

210तो सेवा में चमत्कारी सेवा का चांस है . tō sēvā mē̃ chamatkārī sēvā kā chance hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chamatkārī[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then service in miraculous service of chance be[pres.sg.23] .

263In service, you have taken the chance of doing miraculous service.

211अच्छा आप सबने कोई नई इन्वेन्शन निकाली है , सेवा की नवीनता सोची है  ? achchhā āp sabnē kōī naī invention nikālī hai , sēvā kī|key navīntā sōchī hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabnē kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key navīntā[n.f.;sg.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? achcha you x some new invention x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) newness think[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

264Have any of you created a new invention for service? 265Have you thought of a new type of service?

212जोन के सभी तरफ की विशेष टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . zone kē|K sabhī taraph kī|key viśhēṣh teachers hāth uṭhāō . zone kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . zone (of|K) all direction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special teacher raise your hands .

266Special teachers of all the different zones, raise your hands!

213भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान की हेड , एक जोन हेड नहीं , लेकिन भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान की एक एक हेड . bhinn-bhinn sthān kī|key head , ēk zone head nahī̃ , lēkin bhinn-bhinn sthān kī|key ēk ēk head . bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key head , ēk[adj.] zone head nahī̃[neg] , lēkin bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] head . different place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) head , one zone head not , but different place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one one head .

267The head of each of the places, not just of the zone, raise your hands!

214अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 215तो आप सभी ने सेवा में नवीनता का प्लैन क्या बनाया  ? tō āp sabhī nē sēvā mē̃ navīntā kā plan kyā banāyā  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan kyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then you all ∅ service in newness of plan what create[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? 216कोई बनाया है  ? kōī banāyā hai  ? kōī[pn.;d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? some create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

268Achcha, so what plan of newness in service have you created?

217आगे वाली टीचर्स बनाया है  ? āgē vālī teachers banāyā hai  ? āgē vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? previously those who teacher create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

269Have the teachers in the front made any plans?

218कि बना रहे हैं  ? ki banā rahē haĩ  ? ki[conj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? that create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? 219बना रहे हैं . banā rahē haĩ . banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

270Or, are you making plans?

220क्योंकि आपका जोन जो है उसमें विस्तार बहुत है , कितनी आत्मायें हैं , कितने देश हैं , कितने गांव हैं , तो ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ , जैसे बापदादा ने देखा तो फारेन में अफ्रीका वालों ने सिर्फ प्लैन नहीं बनाया , लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल में सब एरिया कवर की है , तो आपकी तरफ तो बहुत एरिया है तो कितने लोग समय समाप्त होने पर वंचित रह जायेंगे ना  ! kyōṅki āpkā zone jō hai usmē̃ vistār bahut hai , kitnī ātmāyē̃ haĩ , kitnē dēśh haĩ , kitnē gānv haĩ , tō aisā plan banāō , jaisē bāpdādā nē dēkhā tō foreign mē̃ aphrīkā vālō̃ nē sirph plan nahī̃ banāyā , lēkin practical mē̃ sab area cover kī hai , tō āpkī taraph tō bahut area hai tō kitnē lōg samay samāpt hōnē par vañchit rah jāyēṅgē nā  ! kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] zone jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō foreign mē̃[postp.] aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sirph[adj.] plan nahī̃[neg] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin practical mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] area cover karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.kī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut area hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vañchit[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā  ! because you[.kā] zone that be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] expansion very be[pres.sg.23] , so soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , so land be[pres.pl.12hon3] , so village be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then abroad in Africa those who ∅ only plan not create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but practical in all x cover do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , then you[.kī] direction then very x be[pres.sg.23] then so people time finished be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (at|other) deprived remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅  !

271Because your zone has a lot of expansion. 272There are so many souls, so many states and so many villages; so make such a plan. 273BapDada has seen in the countries abroad that those of Africa didn't just make a plan, but also covered the whole area practically. 274So, on your side too, there are many areas. 275So many people will be left deprived if the time comes to an end.

221तो मिल करके ऐसा कोई प्लैन बनाओ , ऐसे ही बापदादा के पास रशिया वालों का भी प्लैन आया और आज समाचार सुनाया कि आज से उन्होंने प्रोग्राम चालू कर दिया है . tō mil karkē aisā kōī plan banāō , aisē hī bāpdādā kē pās Russia vālō̃ kā bhī plan āyā aur āj samāchār sunāyā ki āj sē unhōnnē programme chālū kar diyā hai . tō milnā[root] karnā[abs.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] Russia vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] plan ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur āj samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āj sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.nē] programme chālū[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . then receive[root] do[abs.] such some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such only BapDada to x those who of too plan come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and today news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that today from that[.nē] programme working do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .

276So all of you make a plan together. 277BapDada has also received a similar plan from those from Russia. 278Today, Baba was given the news that, today, they have started their programme.

222आज गांव वालों ने भी सुनाया ( ग्राम विकास प्रभाग की ओर से इस वर्ष अखिल भारतीय मोटर साइकिल अभियान निकालने के बारे में सन्देशी द्वारा बापदादा को सन्देश भेजा गया था ) तो बापदादा के पास समाचार पहुंचा कि इन्डिया में , हर जोन के गांव-गांव में सन्देश पहुंचाने के लिए मोटरसाइकिल यात्रा का प्रोग्राम बनाया है . āj gānv vālō̃ nē bhī sunāyā ( grām vikās prabhāg kī ōr sē is varṣh akhil bhāratīy motor cycle abhiyān nikālnē kē bārē mē̃ sandēśhī dvārā bāpdādā kō sandēśh bhējā gayā thā ) tō bāpdādā kē pās samāchār pahuñchā ki India mē̃ , har|her zone kē|K gānv-gānv mē̃ sandēśh pahuñchānē kē liē motorcycle yātrā kā programme banāyā hai . āj gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ( grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] prabhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kī ōr[x] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bhāratīy[adj.] motor cycle abhiyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bārē mē̃[x] sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāpdādā kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] bhējnā[past-perf.m.sg..past-part+jānā]|bhējnā[past-perf.m.sg..passive] ) tō bāpdādā kē pās[x] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] India mē̃[postp.] , har|harnā[root]|her zone kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] motorcycle yātrā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . today village those who ∅ too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ( Rural Development area x from this year x Bharatiya motor bicycle Campaign x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x trance messenger through BapDada to message (x[past-perf.m.sg..past-part+jānā]|x[past-perf.m.sg..passive]) ) then BapDada to news reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] that India in , (x|x[root]) zone (of|K) village in message cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] for motor-cycle pilgrimage of programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

279(BapDada was given a message through the trance messenger for beginning a national motor-cycle rally over the whole of Bharat to give Baba's message in the villages.) 280Just as those of the villages also gave their news to BapDada, in order to make the message reach all the villages in all the zones, they have made a programme of a motor-cycle rally.

223सभी जोन मिलकर करेंगे . sabhī zone milkar karē̃gē . sab[adv.hī] zone milnā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all zone receive[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

281All the zones will do this together.

224तो आप भी ऐसा आपस में प्लैन बनाओ , कोई एरिया रह नहीं जाये , कम से कम सन्देश तो मिल जाये , नहीं तो आपको बहुत उल्हनें मिलेंगे . tō āp bhī aisā āpas mē̃ plan banāō , kōī area rah nahī̃ jāyē , kam sē kam sandēśh tō mil jāyē , nahī̃ tō āpkō bahut ulhanē̃ milē̃gē . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āpas mē̃[x] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] area rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kam sē kam[x] sandēśh[x] tō milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , nahī̃ tō[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] bahut ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you too such with each other plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , some x remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , at least message then receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , otherwise you[.kō] very complaint receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 225हमारा बाबा आया , और हमें सूचना नहीं दी . hamārā bābā āyā , aur hamē̃ sūchnā nahī̃ dī|the . ham[pn.pl.kā] bābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aur ham[pn.pl.kō] sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the . we[.kā] Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , and we[.kō] x not (give[past-part.f.]|the) .

282So, all of you must also make a plan among yourselves so that no area is left out. 283At least they should receive the message. 284Otherwise, you will receive many complaints: Our Baba came and you didn't even tell us about it!

226और दूसरा तामिलनाडु भी है , वह भी देखे ऐसा प्लैन बनाया है  ? aur dūsrā tāmilnāḍu bhī hai , vah bhī dēkhē aisā plan banāyā hai  ? aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? and other x too be[pres.sg.23] , that too (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) such plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

285Tamil Nadu too: You should also see - have you made such a plan?

227हर जोन को ऐसा प्लैन आपस में मिलकर बनाना ही चाहिए . har|her zone kō aisā plan āpas mē̃ milkar banānā hī chāhiē . har|harnā[root]|her zone kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . (x|x[root]) zone to such plan with each other receive[abs.] create[inf.m.sg.d.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

286Every zone should get together and make such a plan.

228खुशी होती है , अपने मन में सैटिस्फैक्शन होता है हमने अपनी सेवा का कार्य सन्देश देने का तो पूरा किया . khuśhī hōtī hai , apnē man mē̃ satisfaction hōtā hai hamnē apnī sēvā kā kārya sandēśh dēnē kā tō pūrā kiyā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] satisfaction hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ham[pn.pl.nē] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō pūrā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] , one’s own mind in satisfaction be[pres.sg.m.23] we[.nē] one’s own service of task message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of then make full .

287There is happiness and you get satisfaction in your mind that you completed your service of giving the message.

229तो अभी बनाना . tō abhī banānā . tō ab[adv.hī] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

288So, now, make this plan.

230बना सकते हैं ना  ! banā saktē haĩ nā  ! banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā  ! create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅  !

289You can do it, can you not?

231बंगाल वाले हाथ उठाओ . baṅgāl vālē hāth uṭhāō . baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Bengal those who raise your hands .

290Those from Bengal, raise your hands!

232बिहार वाले हाथ उठाओ , नेपाल वाले , उड़ीसा वाले तो बहादुर हैं . bihār vālē hāth uṭhāō , nēpāl vālē , uṛīsā vālē tō bahādur haĩ . bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahādur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Bihar those who raise your hands , x those who , Orrisa those who then x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

291Those from Bihar, raise your hands! 292Those from Nepal and Orissa are courageous.

233और भी हैं ना , आसाम . aur bhī haĩ nā , āsām . aur bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , x . and too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , x .

293There are others too - those from Assam.

234देखो कितनी एरिया ली है , बहुत बड़ी एरिया ली है , बड़ा राजा बनना है ना . dēkhō kitnī area lī hai , bahut baṛī area lī hai , baṛā rājā bannā hai nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] area lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] area lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so x take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , very very x take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , very king become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

294Look how much area you have! 295You have taken up a very big area. 296You want to become a big king, do you not?

235तो दूसरी सीजन में यह सन्देश देने का कार्य का प्लैन बनाके प्रैक्टिकल में शुरू कर लेना . tō dūsrī season mē̃ yah sandēśh dēnē kā kārya kā plan banākē practical mē̃ śhurū kar lēnā . tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[abs.] practical mē̃[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then other season in this message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of task of plan create[abs.] practical in beginning do[root] take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

297So, in the next season, make a plan of giving this message and start doing it practically too.

236कर सकते हैं ना  ! kar saktē haĩ nā  ! karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā  ! do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅  ! 237कर सकते हैं  ? kar saktē haĩ  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ?

298You can do this, can you not?

238क्योंकि बापदादा को भी कोई बच्चे का उल्हना अच्छा नहीं लगता . kyōṅki bāpdādā kō bhī kōī bachchē kā ulhanā achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . kyōṅki bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because BapDada to too some child of complaint achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

299BapDada does not like any child complaining.

239प्लैन बापदादा ने सुने हैं , प्लैन सभी ने बहुत अच्छा बनाया है लेकिन बापदादा हमेशा कहते हैं कि प्लैन के साथ प्लेन बुद्धि . plan bāpdādā nē sunē haĩ , plan sabhī nē bahut achchhā banāyā hai lēkin bāpdādā hamēśhā kahtē haĩ ki plan kē sāth plain|plane buddhi . plan bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , plan sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin bāpdādā hamēśhā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] plan kē sāth[x] plain|plane buddhi[n.f.;sg.] . plan BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , plan all ∅ very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but BapDada x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that plan with (plain|plane) intellect .

300BapDada has heard about the plans. 301All of you have made good plans, but BapDada always says: Together with the plans, also have a plain intellect.

240प्लेन बुद्धि और प्लैन दोनों साथ-साथ हों . plain|plane buddhi aur plan dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hō̃ . plain|plane buddhi[n.f.;sg.] aur plan dōnō̃ sāth-sāth hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (plain|plane) intellect and plan x x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

302Both should be together - a plain intellect and plans.

241तो सफलता बहुत सहज और श्रेष्ठ निकलती है . tō saphaltā bahut sahaj aur śhrēṣhṭh nikaltī hai . tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bahut sahaj[adj.] aur śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then success very easy and elevated be extracted[pres.sg.f.23] .

303Then elevated success takes place very easily.

242तो तामिलनाडु भी करेगा ना  ! tō tāmilnāḍu bhī karēgā nā  ! tō x bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! then x too do[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

304So, Tamil Nadu will also do this, will you not?

243करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

305Will you?

244देखो , बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों को उमंग-उत्साह और हिम्मत का वरदान एक जैसा दिया है . dēkhō , bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kō umaṅg-utsāh aur himmat kā vardān ēk jaisā diyā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada ∅ all child to zeal and enthusiasm and courage of blessing one like give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

306Look, BapDada has given all the children an equal blessing of courage, zeal and enthusiasm.

245किसको ज्यादा , किसको कम नहीं दिया है . kiskō jyādā , kiskō cum|kam nahī̃ diyā hai . kaun[pn.sg.kō] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . who[.kō] more , who[.kō] (x|less) not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

307It is not that BapDada has given more to some and less to others.

246तो जहाँ उमंग-उत्साह है , वहाँ हिम्मत हैं तो क्या नहीं हो सकता है . tō jahā̃ umaṅg-utsāh hai , vahā̃ himmat haĩ tō kyā nahī̃ hō saktā hai . tō jahā̃ umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vahā̃ himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . then where there zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] , there courage be[pres.pl.12hon3] then what not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

308So, where there is zeal and enthusiasm, there is courage and so what can not be achieved?

247असम्भव भी सम्भव हो सकता है . asambhav bhī sambhav hō saktā hai . asambhav[adj.] bhī[p.] sambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . impossible too x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

309Even the impossible becomes possible.

248सभी पूछते हैं आगे क्या करना है  ? sabhī pūchhtē haĩ āgē kyā karnā hai  ? sab[adv.hī] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āgē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? all ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] previously what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

310Everyone is asking: What is to happen in the future?

249बापदादा का संकल्प है कि अभी ज्यादा में ज्यादा बनी बनाई स्टेज पर चांस लो . bāpdādā kā saṅkalp hai ki abhī jyādā mē̃ jyādā banī banāī stage par chance lō|low . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] bannā[past-part.f.] banānā[past-part.f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] chance lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . BapDada of thought be[pres.sg.23] that now at the most become[past-part.f.] create[past-part.f.] stage (at|other) chance (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .

311BapDada's thought is: Now, at the most, take a chance on a ready-made stage.

250उन्हों को सहयोगी बनाओ और आप सकाश दो . unhō̃ kō sahyōgī banāō aur āp sakāśh dō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur āp[pn.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to co-operative create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and you sakaash (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

312Make them co-operative, and you just give them sakaash.

25170 साल अपने हिम्मत से किया . 70 sāl apnē himmat sē kiyā . 70 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 70 year one’s own courage from do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

313For 70 years, you have done everything with your courage.

252अभी दूसरों का भाग्य बनाओ . abhī dūsrō̃ kā bhāgya banāō . ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now other of x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

314Now create the fortune of others.

253भाग्य बनाने का चांस दो उन्हों को . bhāgya banānē kā chance dō unhō̃ kō . bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] . x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that to .

315Give them a chance to create their fortune.

254भाग्य बनाने के लिए सिर्फ स्वयं सकाश कौन सी दो  ? bhāgya banānē kē liē sirph svayã sakāśh kaun see|sī|C dō  ? bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sirph[adj.] svayã sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for only x sakaash who (see|x) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])  ?

316In order for them to create their fortune, what sakaash must you yourself give them?

255एक तो रहमदिल बहुत बनो . ēk tō merciful bahut banō . ēk[adj.] tō merciful bahut bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one then merciful very become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

317Firstly, be very merciful.

256क्षमा में बाप के साथी बनो . kṣhamā mē̃ bāp kē|K sāthī banō . kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . forgiveness in father (of|K) companion become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

318Be the Father's companions in being forgiving.

257शक्तिशाली वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल ऐसा बनाओ जो स्वयं आफर करें , ऐसे आफर चारों ओर से आये . śhaktiśhālī vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal aisā banāō jō svayã offer karē̃ , aisē offer chārō̃ ōr sē āyē . śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] svayã offer karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] offer chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . powerful attitude from atmosphere such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x offer do[opt.pl.12hon3] , such offer everywhere from (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

319With your powerful attitude, create such an atmosphere that they themselves make you an offer. 320Such offers should be received from everywhere.

258हर जोन में आफर आये , यहाँ आओ , यहाँ आओ , यहाँ आओ , तब यही है , यही है , यह स्वतः ही प्रसिद्ध हो जायेगा . har|her zone mē̃ offer āyē , yahā̃ āō , yahā̃ āō , yahā̃ āō , tab yahī hai , yahī hai , yah svataḥ hī prasiddh hō jāyēgā . har|harnā[root]|her zone mē̃[postp.] offer ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , yahā̃ ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tab yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] svataḥ hī[p.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x|x[root]) zone in offer (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , here come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , here come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , here come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , for only then this be[pres.sg.23] , this be[pres.sg.23] , this automatically only x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

321Every zone should receive an offer: Come here! 322Come here! 323Come here! 324Only then will the sound, "This is the One, this is the One", become well known.

259अभी उन्हों को भी सहयोगी स्नेही बनने का चांस दो . abhī unhō̃ kō bhī sahyōgī snēhī bannē kā chance dō . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now that to too co-operative loving become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

325Now, give them a chance to be loving and co-operative.

260उन्हों को भी चांस दो क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा है कि स्नेही , सहयोगी हर जोन में यथा शक्ति है लेकिन उन्हों को सेवा के साथी बनाओ . unhō̃ kō bhī chance dō kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki snēhī , sahyōgī har|her zone mē̃ yathā śhakti hai lēkin unhō̃ kō sēvā kē|K sāthī banāō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] har|harnā[root]|her zone mē̃[postp.] yathā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to too chance (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) because BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that loving , co-operative (x|x[root]) zone in according to Shakti be[pres.sg.23] but that to service (of|K) companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

326Give them a chance. 327BapDada has seen that, in every zone, there are those who are loving and co-operative according to their capacity, but make them companions in service.

261उन्हों को भी उमंग उत्साह के पंख दो . unhō̃ kō bhī umaṅg utsāh kē|K paṅkh dō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to too zeal enthusiasm (of|K) wing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

328Give them wings of zeal and enthusiasm.

262हैं चारों ओर क्योंकि बापदादा चक्कर तो लगाते हैं ना  ! haĩ chārō̃ ōr kyōṅki bāpdādā chakkar tō lagātē haĩ nā  ! hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chārō̃ ōr[x] kyōṅki bāpdādā chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! be[pres.pl.12hon3] everywhere because BapDada cycle then attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

329Everywhere, there are such people, because BapDada does tour around.

263तो अपने बच्चों को भी देखते हैं और स्नेही-सहयोगी आत्माओं को भी देखते हैं . tō apnē bachchō̃ kō bhī dēkhtē haĩ aur snēhī-sahayōgī ātmāō̃ kō bhī dēkhtē haĩ . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur snēhī-sahayōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then one’s own child to too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and loving and co-operative soul to too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

330So, He sees His own children and also sees all the co-operative souls.

264बापदादा की नज़र में हैं लेकिन चांस नहीं दिया है , प्रैक्टिकल चांस नहीं लिया है . bāpdādā kī|key nazar mē̃ haĩ lēkin chance nahī̃ diyā hai , practical chance nahī̃ liyā hai . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin chance nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , practical chance nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance in be[pres.pl.12hon3] but chance not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , practical chance not take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

331They are in BapDada's vision, but they haven't been given a chance; they haven't taken a practical chance.

265तो यह वर्ष उन्हों को निमित्त बनाओ , स्नेही-सहयोगियों को उमंग-उत्साह में लाओ . tō yah varṣh unhō̃ kō nimitt banāō , snēhī-sahayōgiyō̃ kō umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ lāō . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this year that to instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x to zeal and enthusiasm in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

332So, this year, make them instruments; make the loving and co-operative souls enthusiastic.

266लाना पड़ता है . lānā paṛtā hai . lānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . x[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

333You have to make them enthusiastic.

267नहीं तो वह भी आपको उल्हना देंगे कि हमको तो आपने बताया ही नहीं कि ऐसा भी कर सकते हैं . nahī̃ tō vah bhī āpkō ulhanā dēgē ki hamkō tō āpnē batāyā hī nahī̃ ki aisā bhī kar saktē haĩ . nahī̃ tō[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō āp[pn.pl.nē] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . otherwise that too you[.kō] complaint give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we[.kō] then you[.nē] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not that such too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

334Otherwise, they too will complain that you didn't tell them that they could do that.

268इसलिए अभी चांस देने वाले बनो . isliē abhī chance dēnē vālē banō . isliē ab[adv.hī] chance dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore now chance give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

335Therefore, now become those who give them a chance.

269कैसे फारेन वाले हो सकता है ना  ? kaisē foreign vālē hō saktā hai nā  ? kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā  ? how abroad those who be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅  ? 270हो सकता है फारेन वाले  ? hō saktā hai foreign vālē  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] abroad those who  ?

336Those abroad, is this possible?

271फारेन के भाई उठो . foreign kē|K bhāī uṭhō . foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . abroad (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

337The brothers from abroad, stand up!

272जो सेवा में निमित्त हैं वह उठो . jō sēvā mē̃ nimitt haĩ vah uṭhō . jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that service in instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

338Those who are instruments for service, stand up!

273देखो कितने अच्छे अच्छे सकाश देने वाली आत्मायें हो . dēkhō kitnē achchhē achchhē sakāśh dēnē vālī ātmāyē̃ hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so achcha achcha sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

339Look, there are so many good souls, who give sakaash.

274तो अभी देखेंगे सबसे कौन से जोन ने बनी बनाई स्टेज ली है . tō abhī dēkhē̃gē sabsē kaun sē zone nē banī banāī stage lī hai . tō ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sabsē kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] zone nē[postp.] bannā[past-part.f.] banānā[past-part.f.] stage lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then now see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] the most who from zone ∅ become[past-part.f.] create[past-part.f.] stage take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

340So, now, we shall see which zone has taken the ready-made stage.

275जैसे एक वर्ष में मेगा प्रोग्राम करने की धुन लगा दी थी . jaisē ēk varṣh mē̃ mega programme karnē kī|key dhun lagā dī thī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mega programme[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhun[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[past-perf.f..past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[past-perf.f..root+dēnā] . like one year in mega programme do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (x[past-perf.f..past-part+dēnā]|attach[past-perf.f..root+dēnā]) . 276ऐसे अभी बनी बनाई स्टेज का चांस लेने की धूम मचाओ . aisē abhī banī banāī stage kā chance lēnē kī|key dhūm machāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] bannā[past-part.f.] banānā[past-part.f.] stage kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhūm[n.m.;sg.,d.] machānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such now become[past-part.f.] create[past-part.f.] stage of chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

341Just as for a year your only concern when you had a mega programme was just that, in the same way, now also have just the one concern to take a chance to take a ready-made stage.

277हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

342Is this possible?

278फारेन वाले हो सकता है  ? foreign vālē hō saktā hai  ? foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? abroad those who be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? 279हो सकता है  ! hō saktā hai  ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  !

343Those from abroad, is this possible?

280आपको सामने कह रहे हैं ( आस्ट्रेलिया के ब्रायन को कह रहे हैं ) कमाल करके दिखाना . āpkō sāmnē kah rahē haĩ ( Australia kē|K Brian kō kah rahē haĩ ) kamāl karkē dikhānā . āp[pn.pl.kō] sāmnē kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ( Australia kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you[.kō] x say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ( Australia (of|K) x to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

344(Baba speaking to Brian Bacon from Australia): Is this possible? 345Perform this wonder and show everyone.

281दादी जानकी की राय से करते चलो . dādī jānkī kī|key rāy sē kartē chalō . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Dadi x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) from do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

346Continue to do it with Dadi Janki's advice.

282बापदादा साथी दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā sāthī dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada companion give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

347BapDada is your Companion.

283सभी कर सकते हैं क्योंकि सभी पुराने और सर्विसएबुल हो . sabhī kar saktē haĩ kyōṅki sabhī purānē aur serviceable hō . sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur serviceable hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] because all old and serviceable (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

348All of you can do it. 349All of you are the old ones and also serviceable.

284 ( जयन्ती बहन ने सुनाया - विदेश में इस वर्ष ऐसे इन्टरनेशनल 4 निमन्त्रण मिले हैं , जिसमें दादियां आकर आशीर्वाद दें , लण्डन में जो बाबा का दुकान है उसको सेवा के लिए गोल्ड मैडल मिला है ) अच्छा है मुबारक हो . ( jayantī bahan nē sunāyā - vidēśh mē̃ is varṣh aisē international 4 nimantraṇ milē haĩ , jismē̃ dādiyā̃ ākar āśhīrvād dē̃ , london mē̃ jō bābā kā dukān hai uskō sēvā kē liē gold medal milā hai ) achchhā hai mubārak hō . ( jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] international 4 nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.sg.mē̃] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ānā[abs.] āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , London mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dukān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] gold medal milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Jayanti x ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] - abroad in this year such international 4 invitation receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] Dadi come[abs.] blessing give[opt.pl.12hon3] , x in that Baba of shop be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] service for x medal receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

350(Jayantiben told Baba: This year, we have received four such international invitations in which Dadis should give blessings. 351The Inner Space in Covent Garden has received a Gold Award from Lifestyle for their service to the city.) 352It is good. 353Congratulations!

285सभी के तालियों की मुबारक उसको दे देना . sabhī kē|K tāliyō̃ kī|key mubārak uskō dē dēnā . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kō] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all (of|K) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations that[.kō] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

354Give the congratulations of everyone's applause to them.

286500 डबल विदेशी आये हैं  : बापदादा सदा कहता है कि डबल विदेशी मधुबन का विशेष श्रृंगार हैं . 500 double vidēśhī āyē haĩ  : bāpdādā sadā kahtā hai ki double vidēśhī madhuban kā viśhēṣh śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . 500 double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : bāpdādā sadā kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . 500 double foreigner come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : BapDada constantly say[pres.sg.m.23] that double foreigner Madhuban of special (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

355500 double foreigners have come for this meeting: BapDada always says: Double foreigners are the special decoration of Madhuban.

287जैसे देश अपने-अपने उमंग-उत्साह से बढ़ रहे हैं ऐसे विदेश भी कम नहीं हैं . jaisē dēśh apnē-apnē umaṅg-utsāh sē baṛh rahē haĩ aisē vidēśh bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like land one’s own zeal and enthusiasm from grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] such abroad too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

356Just as this land is moving forward with its own zeal and enthusiasm, the lands abroad are no less.

288विदेश ने भी थोड़े समय में विस्तार अच्छा किया है . vidēśh nē bhī thōṛē samay mē̃ vistār achchhā kiyā hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . abroad ∅ too short time in expansion achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

357The foreign lands have also brought about good expansion in a short time.

289अभी विदेश को सिर्फ एक ही इनाम लेना है , बतायें कौन सा इनाम लेना है , खास डबल विदेशियों को  ? abhī vidēśh kō sirph ēk hī inām lēnā hai , batāyē̃ kaun sā inām lēnā hai , khās double vidēśhiyō̃ kō  ? ab[adv.hī] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] inām[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun sā[x] inām[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , khās double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.]  ? now abroad to only one only prize take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tell[opt.pl.12hon3] which prize take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , x double foreigner to  ?

358Now, the foreign lands have to take one prize. 359Should Baba tell you which prize you should take? 360Specially the double foreigners?

290चारों ओर स्व और सेवा के बैलेन्स का इनाम लेना है . chārō̃ ōr sva aur sēvā kē|K balance kā inām lēnā hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] sva aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K balance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] inām[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . everywhere x and service (of|K) balance of prize take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

361Everywhere, you have to take the prize of keeping the balance of self and service.

291पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

362Do you like this?

292विदेशी पसन्द है  ? vidēśhī pasand hai  ? vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? foreigner love be[pres.sg.23]  ? 293लेना है  ? lēnā hai  ? lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? take[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

363Those from abroad, do you like it? 364Do you wish to claim it?

294हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

365Then raise your hands!

295वेलकम . welcome . welcome . welcome .

366Welcome!

296मुबारक इन एडवांस मुबारक . mubārak in advance mubārak . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] in advance[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . congratulations in advance congratulations .

367In advance congratulations!

297 ( जर्मनी में एक बड़े गुरू ने अपने प्रोग्राम में ब्रह्माकुमारियों को प्रवचन के लिए निमन्त्रण दिया है ) बहुत अच्छा . ( jarmanī mē̃ ēk baṛē gurū nē apnē programme mē̃ brahmākumāriyō̃ kō pravachan kē liē nimantraṇ diyā hai ) bahut achchhā . ( jarmanī mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme mē̃[postp.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pravachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( x in one very guru ∅ one’s own programme in Brahma Kumari to lecture for invitation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) very achcha .

368(A senior guru in Germany has invited Brahma Kumaris to come and speak in his big programme). 369Very good.

298ऐसे तो कभी कभी इन्डिया में भी मिलते हैं . aisē tō kabhī kabhī India mē̃ bhī miltē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such then ever ever India in too receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

370Such invitations are sometimes received in India too.

299लेकिन अभी लहर फैलाओ . lēkin abhī lahar phailāō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now wave spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

371However, now, spread this wave.

300कभी कभी तो मिलते हैं लेकिन अभी चारों ओर हर जोन में देश में विदेश में यह लहर फैलाओ . kabhī kabhī tō miltē haĩ lēkin abhī chārō̃ ōr har|her zone mē̃ dēśh mē̃ vidēśh mē̃ yah lahar phailāō . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] tō milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] har|harnā[root]|her zone mē̃[postp.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever ever then receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now everywhere (x|x[root]) zone in land in abroad in this wave spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

372You receive them sometimes, but now spread this wave everywhere, in all the zones, in this land and abroad.

301अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

373Achcha.

302मधुबन निवासी क्या करेंगे  ? madhuban nivāsī kyā karē̃gē  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Madhuban resident what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

374What will the Madhuban residents do?

303क्या करेंगे मधुबन वाले  ! kyā karē̃gē madhuban vālē  ! kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ! what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] Madhuban those who  !

375What will those from Madhuban do?

304बताओ मधुबन वाले क्या करेंगे  ! batāō madhuban vālē kyā karē̃gē  ! batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Madhuban those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  !

305आबू में स्टेज बनायेंगे  ? ābū mē̃ stage banāyēṅgē  ? ābū mē̃[postp.] stage banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Abu in stage create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

376Will you create a stage in Abu?

306कोई नवीनता करो मधुबन वाले . kōī navīntā karō madhuban vālē . kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . some newness do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Madhuban those who .

377Those from Madhuban, create some newness!

307मधुबन की एक विशेषता तो बहुत अच्छी है , जो भी आते हैं , जो भी जोन वाले सेवा करते हैं , सेवा वहाँ करते हैं लेकिन जो छाप लगती है वह मधुबन में लगती है . madhuban kī|key ēk viśhēṣhtā tō bahut achchhī hai , jō bhī ātē haĩ , jō bhī zone vālē sēvā kartē haĩ , sēvā vahā̃ kartē haĩ lēkin jō chhāp lagtī hai vah madhuban mē̃ lagtī hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vahā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] chhāp[n.f.;sg.]|chhāpnā[root] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one speciality then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that too zone those who service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , service there do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that (stamp|print[root]) x[pres.sg.f.23] that Madhuban in x[pres.sg.f.23] .

378One speciality of Madhuban is very good. 379Whoever comes, whichever zone does the service, they do the service there, but the stamp that is put on them is in Madhuban.

308तो मधुबन वाले वायुमण्डल और वायब्रेशन , स्वच्छता और स्नेह का छाप अच्छी लगाते हैं . tō madhuban vālē vāyumaṇḍal aur vibration , svachchhatā aur snēh kā chhāp achchhī lagātē haĩ . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vibration , svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhāp[n.f.;sg.]|chhāpnā[root] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then Madhuban those who atmosphere and vibrations , cleanliness and love of (stamp|print[root]) achcha attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

380So those from Madhuban create the atmosphere, spread the vibrations, and give a good stamp of cleanliness and love.

309जैसे आप मधुबन घर में रहते हो ना , ऐसे जो आने वाले हैं उसको भी घर का बना देते हो , यह मधुबन की विशेषता है . jaisē āp madhuban ghar mē̃ rahtē hō nā , aisē jō ānē vālē haĩ uskō bhī ghar kā banā dētē hō , yah madhuban kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like you Madhuban home in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , such that (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] too home of create[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , this Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .

381Just as you are living at home in Madhuban, in the same way, you make everyone who comes here feel that they belong here. 382This is the speciality of Madhuban.

310करते हो ना ऐसे  ? kartē hō nā aisē  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ such  ?

383You do this, do you not?

311सेवा अच्छी करते हो ना  ! sēvā achchhī kartē hō nā  ! sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! service achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ! 312करते हो ना  ? kartē hō nā  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

384You do good service, do you not?

313यह सब मधुबन वाले बैठे हैं . yah sab madhuban vālē baiṭhē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this all Madhuban those who sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

385All of these are Madhuban residents sitting here (in the front).

314मधुबन वाले उठो , अच्छा . madhuban vālē uṭhō , achchhā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . Madhuban those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achcha .

386Those from Madhuban, stand up!

315बाहर भी मधुबन वाले बैठे होंगे . bāhar bhī madhuban vālē baiṭhē hōṅgē . bāhar bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . outside too Madhuban those who (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

387There must be some Madhuban residents sitting outside too.

316बापदादा को पता है बाहर बहुत बैठते हैं . bāpdādā kō patā hai bāhar bahut baiṭhtē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāhar bahut baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to knowledge be[pres.sg.23] outside very sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

388BapDada knows that there are many sitting outside too.

317अच्छा है वह लाते हैं , आप उन्हों को उड़ाते रहो . achchhā hai vah lātē haĩ , āp unhō̃ kō uṛātē rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] uṛānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] that x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , you that to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

389It is good that they bring them here, and you continue to make them fly.

318डबल लाइट बनाके उन्हों की ऐसी पालना करो खिलाओ , पिलाओ , अपना अनुभव सुनाओ , उनको छाप लगा दो . double light banākē unhō̃ kī|key aisī pālnā karō khilāō , pilāō , apnā anubhav sunāō , unkō chhāp lagā dō . double light[x] banānā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.pl.kō] chhāp[n.f.;sg.]|chhāpnā[root] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . double-light create[abs.] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) such (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (adopt[root]|one’s own) experience speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kō] (stamp|print[root]) attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

390Make them double-light and sustain them: feed them, share your own experiences and put this stamp on them.

319करते हो ना सेवा  ? kartē hō nā sēvā  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā sēvā[n.f.;sg.]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ service  ?

391You do such service, do you not?

320करते हैं सभी . kartē haĩ sabhī . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] all .

392Do all of you do this?

321वायुमण्डल की सेवा तो करते हैं ना  ! vāyumaṇḍal kī|key sēvā tō kartē haĩ nā  ! vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! atmosphere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

393You do the service of creating an atmosphere, do you not?

322अच्छा है , दादियां भी उठी हैं , मुबारक हो . achchhā hai , dādiyā̃ bhī uṭhī haĩ , mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Dadi too wake up[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

394It is good. 395Dadis have also stood up. 396Congratulations!

323दादियों की ताली तो बजाओ . dādiyō̃ kī|key tālī tō bajāō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping then play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

397Clap for the Dadis.

324अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

398It is good.

325मधुबन , मधुबन ही है और आखिर में सभी को कहाँ पहुंचना है , मधुबन में ही पहुंचेंगे ना . madhuban , madhuban hī hai aur ākhir mē̃ sabhī kō kahā̃ pahuñchnā hai , madhuban mē̃ hī pahuñchē̃gē nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ākhir mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . Madhuban , Madhuban only be[pres.sg.23] and at last in all to where reach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , Madhuban in only reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

399Madhuban is Madhuban. 400Where does everyone have to come to ultimately? 401You will all come to Madhuban, will you not?

326सेवा अच्छी करते हो . sēvā achchhī kartē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . service achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] .

402You do good service.

327ड्युटी अपनी अच्छी बजाते हो , सिर्फ जो आज बापदादा ने कहा है ना , स्व तीव्र पुरूषार्थ और सेवा दोनों का बैलेन्स इसका आपस में संगठन कर बैलेन्स करके दिखाओ . duty apnī achchhī bajātē hō , sirph jō āj bāpdādā nē kahā hai nā , sva tīvr purūṣhārth aur sēvā dōnō̃ kā balance iskā āpas mē̃ saṅgaṭhan kar balance karkē dikhāō . duty apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.2] , sirph[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , sva tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance yah[pn.sg.kā] āpas mē̃[x] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[root] balance karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . duty one’s own achcha play[pres.pl.m.2] , only that today BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , x intense effort and service x of balance this[.kā] with each other gathering do[root] balance do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

403You perform your duties well. 404BapDada has told you about this today - the self - intense effort, and service - keep a balance of both. 405Make a gathering among yourselves and show a group who has this balance.

328अगली सीजन में क्या करेंगे  ? aglī season mē̃ kyā karē̃gē  ? aglā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? next season in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

406What will you do in the next season?

329मधुबन वाले करेंगे  ? madhuban vālē karē̃gē  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Madhuban those who do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

407Will those from Madhuban do this?

330आपस में मीटिंग कर दादियों का भी सहयोग लेकर बैलेन्स का जलवा दिखाओ . āpas mē̃ meeting kar dādiyō̃ kā bhī sahyōg lēkar balance kā jalvā dikhāō . āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[root] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[abs.] balance kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . with each other meeting do[root] Dadi of too cooperation take[abs.] balance of sparkle x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

408Have a meeting among yourselves, taking co-operation from the Dadis and show the splendour of keeping a balance.

331जिसको देखे वह जैसे कोई हालचाल पूछते हैं ना , आपका हाल क्या है  ? jiskō dēkhē vah jaisē kōī hālchāl pūchhtē haĩ nā , āpkā hāl|hall kyā hai  ? jō[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] hāl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , āp[pn.pl.kā] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that[.kō] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) that like some how they are ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , you[.kā] (x|hall) what be[pres.sg.23]  ? 332आपका चाल क्या है  ? āpkā chāl kyā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kā] chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? you[.kā] (x|move[root]) what be[pres.sg.23]  ? 333तो जो भी आवे वह सबका कुशल हाल और फरिश्ते की चाल देखे . tō jō bhī āvē vah sabkā kuśhal hāl|hall aur phariśhtē kī|key chāl dēkhē . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuśhal[adj.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . then that too come[opt.sg.23] that everyone's very good (x|hall) and angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|move[root]) (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .

409Whoever people see and ask, "How are you?" 410"What is your way of moving?"......... everyone who comes should see everyone in a happy state and moving as the angels do.

334जहाँ देखे वहाँ फरिश्ते की चाल , चलने की चाल नहीं , उड़ने की चाल . jahā̃ dēkhē vahā̃ phariśhtē kī|key chāl , chalnē kī|key chāl nahī̃ , uṛnē kī|key chāl . jahā̃ dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] vahā̃ phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] , chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] nahī̃[neg] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chāl[n.f.;sg.]|chālnā[root] . where there (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) there angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|move[root]) , continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|move[root]) not , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|move[root]) .

411Wherever they look, they see you move like angels. 412The way of moving should be that of flying, not of walking.

335चलने वाले तो रह जायेंगे , उड़ने वाले बाप के साथ जायेंगे . chalnē vālē tō rah jāyēṅgē , uṛnē vālē bāp kē sāth jāyēṅgē . chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who father with go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

413Those who are walking will be left behind. 414Only those who are flying will go with the Father.

336तो मधुबन में रहने वालों को पहला चांस लेना है , दादियों के साथ रहते हो , बाप के साथ उड़ने का चांस लें , पीछे पीछे नहीं . tō madhuban mē̃ rahnē vālō̃ kō pahlā chance lēnā hai , dādiyō̃ kē sāth rahtē hō , bāp kē sāth uṛnē kā chance lē̃ , pīchhē pīchhē nahī̃ . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , pīchhē pīchhē nahī̃[neg] . then Madhuban in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to x chance take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , Dadi with remain[pres.pl.m.2] , father with fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance take[opt.pl.12hon3] , x x not .

415Those who are staying in Madhuban have to take the first chance. 416You live with the Dadis. 417You have to take the chance of flying with the Father, not behind Him.

337लेंगे ना चांस  ? lē̃gē nā chance  ? lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā chance  ? take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ chance  ? 338मीटिंग करेंगे  ? meeting karē̃gē  ? meeting karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? meeting do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

418You will take this chance, will you not?

339हाँ बताओ ऐसी मीटिंग करेंगे  ? hā̃ batāō aisī meeting karē̃gē  ? hā̃ batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] meeting karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? yes tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such meeting do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

419Yes, tell Baba that you will have such a meeting.

340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

420Achcha.

341एक मास में रिजल्ट देंगे . ēk mās mē̃ result dēgē . ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] result dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one (month|x) in result give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

421Will you give Baba the result in one month?

342एक मास ठीक है  ? ēk mās ṭhīk hai  ? ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one (month|x) OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

422Is one month all right?

343दृढ़ निश्चय से हाथ उठा रहे हो ना  ! dr̥iṛh niśhchay sē hāth uṭhā rahē hō nā  ! dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā  ! determined faith from raise your hands ∅  !

423You are raising your hands with determined faith, are you not?

344फिर तो बापदादा कोई न कोई गिफ्ट देगा मधुबन वालों को . phir tō bāpdādā kōī na kōī gift dēgā madhuban vālō̃ kō . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō bāpdādā kōī na kōī[x] gift dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . (turn[root]|then) then BapDada one .. or another gift give[fut.m.sg.23] Madhuban those who to .

424Then BapDada will give one gift or another to those of Madhuban.

345अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

425You are good.

346मधुबन निवासी टाइटिल ही बहुत बढ़िया है . madhuban nivāsī title hī bahut baṛhiyā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] title hī[p.] bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban resident title only very x be[pres.sg.23] .

426The title 'Madhuban resident' is very beautiful.

347तो पक्का है ना  ! tō pakkā hai nā  ! tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! then firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

427You are all 'pakka', are you not?

348अभी पक्का . abhī pakkā . ab[adv.hī] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . now firm .

428Now, remain firm (pakka).

349कुछ भी जाये , दूसरे को नहीं देखना , अपने को देखना , मुझे करना है , मुझे बदलना है . kuchh bhī jāyē , dūsrē kō nahī̃ dēkhnā , apnē kō dēkhnā , mujhē karnā hai , mujhē badalnā hai . kuchh bhī[x] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] badalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . anything go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , other to not see[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own to see[inf.m.sg.d.] , I[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , I[.kō] change[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

429No matter what happens, do not look at others, look at yourself. 430"I have to do this. 431I have to change."

350दूसरा बदले तो मैं बदलूं , नहीं . dūsrā badlē|badalē tō maĩ badalū̃ , nahī̃ . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badlē|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badalnā[opt.sg.23] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[opt.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] . other (x|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|change[opt.sg.23]) then I change[opt.sg.1] , not .

432Not "I will change when others change."

351ऐसे करेंगे  ? aisē karē̃gē  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? such do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

433Will you do this?

352करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

434Will you?

353पीछे वाले करेंगे  ? pīchhē vālē karē̃gē  ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? x those who do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

354पक्का  ? pakkā  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? firm  ?

435Is this firm?

355पक्का का ऐसा हाथ करो . pakkā kā aisā hāth karō . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . firm of such hand do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

436Make a fist to show your firmness.

356देखो सभी को कितनी खुशी हो रही है , मधुबन वालों का नाम सुनकर खुश हो जाते हैं . dēkhō sabhī kō kitnī khuśhī hō rahī hai , madhuban vālō̃ kā nām sunkar khuśh hō jātē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all to so happiness be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , Madhuban those who of name listen[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

437Look, everyone is so happy just on hearing the name 'Madhuban residents'.

357अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

438Achcha.

3587 अप्रैल 2007 से वार्षिक मीटिंग रखी गयी है उसके लिए बापदादा की प्रेरणा  : उस मीटिंग में जो बापदादा ने सेवा का साधन बताया है , बनी बनाई स्टेज लेने का और साथ में पुरूषार्थ और उसकी प्रालब्ध दोनों का प्रैक्टिकल स्वरूप प्रत्यक्ष करने का . 7 April 2007 sē vārṣik meeting rakhī gayī hai uskē liē bāpdādā kī|key prērṇā  : us meeting mē̃ jō bāpdādā nē sēvā kā sādhan batāyā hai , banī banāī stage lēnē kā aur sāth mē̃ purūṣhārth aur uskī prālabdh dōnō̃ kā practical svarūp pratyakṣha karnē kā . 7 April 2007 sē[postp.] x meeting rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prērṇā[n.f.;sg.]  : vah[pn.sg.o.] meeting mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bannā[past-part.f.] banānā[past-part.f.] stage lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] puruṣhārth aur vah[pn.sg.kī] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical svarūp[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . 7 x 2007 from x meeting (keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23.passive]) of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) inspiration  : that meeting in that BapDada ∅ service of facilities tell[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , become[past-part.f.] create[past-part.f.] stage take[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and with in effort and that[.kī] reward x of x visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .

439BapDada's inspirations for the annual meeting that is to take place from 7th April: For that meeting, BapDada has given a signal for the service of taking a ready-made stage. 440Together with that, effort and its reward: reveal the practical form of both of these.

359जो मीटिंग में आये उसको रिजल्ट देनी है . jō meeting mē̃ āyē uskō result dēnī hai . jō[pn.;d.] meeting mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.kō] result dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that meeting in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that[.kō] result give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

441All of those who come to the meeting should give this result.

360वह आपस में राय करके दो मास , तीन मास , एक मास फिक्स करना और उसकी रिजल्ट प्रैक्टकिल में लाना . vah āpas mē̃ rāy karkē dō mās , tīn mās , ēk mās fix karnā aur uskī result practical mē̃ lānā . vah[pn.sg.d.] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] fix karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vah[pn.sg.kī] result practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that with each other (x) do[abs.] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (month|x) , x (month|x) , one (month|x) fix do[inf.m.sg.d.] and that[.kī] result practical in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

442Discuss this among yourselves and fix two months, three months or one month and bring the result in a practical form.

361वह बापदादा देखेंगे क्योंकि यह मीटिंग है विशेष निमित्त आत्माओं की . vah bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē kyōṅki yah meeting hai viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāō̃ kī|key . vah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] meeting hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . that BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because this meeting be[pres.sg.23] special instrument soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) . 362अगर निमित्त आत्माओं ने बैलेन्स की विशेषता दिखाई तो उसका वायुमण्डल बहुत जल्दी और पावरफुल फैलेगा . agar nimitt ātmāō̃ nē balance kī|key viśhēṣhtā dikhāī tō uskā vāyumaṇḍal bahut jaldī aur powerful phailēgā . agar nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] balance karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī aur powerful phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if instrument soul ∅ balance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality (x[past-part.f.]|x) then that[.kā] atmosphere very very quickly and powerful spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

443Then BapDada will see, because this is a meeting of the special instrument souls, and if the instrument souls show the speciality of keeping a balance, then this atmosphere will spread everywhere very quickly and powerfully.

363अपने को प्रत्यक्ष करेंगे तो बाप की प्रत्यक्षता भी बहुत सहज और जल्दी होगी . apnē kō pratyakṣha karē̃gē tō bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā bhī bahut sahaj aur jaldī hōgī . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut sahaj[adj.] aur jaldī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . one’s own to visible do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation too very easy and very quickly be[fut.f.sg.23] .

444If you reveal yourselves, then the Father's revelation will take place very easily and quickly.

364मीटिंग में जिसका भी नाम रखा है वह जिम्मेवार है , सिर्फ सुनने वा सुनाने के लिए नहीं लेकिन जिम्मेवार है बैलेन्स रखने और रखाने के . meeting mē̃ jiskā bhī nām rakhā hai vah jimmēvār hai , sirph sunnē vā sunānē kē liē nahī̃ lēkin jimmēvār hai balance rakhnē aur rakhānē kē|K . meeting mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] nām rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vā sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] lēkin jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] balance rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur rakhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . meeting in that[.kā] too x that x be[pres.sg.23] , only listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] or speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] for not but x be[pres.sg.23] balance keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] and x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) .

445Whoever's name is put forward for the meeting is responsible, not just for listening and speaking, but each one is responsible for keeping a balance and enabling others to do the same.

365यह मीटिंग का विशेष कार्य है . yah meeting kā viśhēṣh kārya hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] meeting kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this meeting of special task be[pres.sg.23] .

446This is the special task for the meeting.

366और बापदादा सन्देशी द्वारा भी रिजल्ट सुनते रहेंगे फिर आगे के लिए प्रोग्राम देंगे . aur bāpdādā sandēśhī dvārā bhī result suntē rahē̃gē phir āgē kē liē programme dēgē . aur bāpdādā sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhī[p.] result sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āgē kē liē[x] programme dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and BapDada trance messenger through too result listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] (turn[root]|then) previously for programme give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

447BapDada will continue to hear the result through the trance messenger and will give a programme for the future after that.

367बापदादा का लक्ष्य तो सभी ने समझ लिया कि अभी बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को अधिकारी रूप में देखने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā kā lakṣhya tō sabhī nē samajh liyā ki abhī bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō adhikārī rūp mē̃ dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada of aim then all ∅ understand[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] that now BapDada each one child to (one) who has a right Rup in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

448All of you have understood BapDada's aim: that BapDada now wants to see every child in the form of one who has a right.

368किसी भी सेवा में या पुरूषार्थ में परवश नहीं . kisī bhī sēvā mē̃ yā purūṣhārth mē̃ parvaśh nahī̃ . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yā puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] parvaśh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . (anything|some) too service in or effort in under an influence not . 369अधिकारी . adhikārī . adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (one) who has a right .

449You should not be influenced in any type of service or effort, but be one who has a right.

370एक एक राज्य अधिकारी हो . ēk ēk rājya adhikārī hō . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] rājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one one master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

450Each one of you is the master of yourself.

371सभी राजे हो ना  ! sabhī rājē hō nā  ! sab[adv.hī] rājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! all king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

451All of you are kings, are you not?

372कि राजे नहीं हो  ? ki rājē nahī̃ hō  ? ki[conj.] rājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? that king not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

452Or, are you not kings?

373राजयोगी हो  ? rājyōgī hō  ? rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? Raja Yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ? 374प्रजायोगी तो नहीं हैं ना  ! prajāyōgī tō nahī̃ haĩ nā  ! prajā-yōgī[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! praja-yogi then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

453You are Raja Yogis, not praja (subjects) yogis.

375तो राज्य अधिकारी देखने चाहते हैं . tō rājya adhikārī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō rājya adhikārī[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then master see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

454So, Baba wishes to see you as those who have a right to the kingdom.

376ऐसे नहीं क्या करूं , हो गया . aisē nahī̃ kyā karū̃ , hō gayā . aisē nahī̃[x] kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . it isn't that what do[opt.sg.1] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

455You should not say, "What can I do? 456It just happened."

377चाहता नहीं था हो गया , यह नहीं . chāhtā nahī̃ thā hō gayā , yah nahī̃ . chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[past.m.sg] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this not .

378स्व अधिकारी . sva adhikārī . sva adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x (one) who has a right .

457You should have a right over yourself.

379पुराने स्वभाव संस्कार के अधीन नहीं , अधिकारी . purānē svabhāv saṅskār kē|K adhīn nahī̃ , adhikārī . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhīn[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . old nature sanskar (of|K) dependent not , (one) who has a right .

458You should not be dependent on your old sanskars and nature. 459You are those who have a right.

380ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

381अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

460Achcha.

382अभी बापदादा ने जो ड्रिल बताई थी याद है  ? abhī bāpdādā nē jō drill batāī thī yād hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] drill batānā[past-perf.f.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? now BapDada ∅ that drill tell[past-perf.f.] remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

461Now, do you remember the drill that BapDada taught you?

3835-5 मिनट सारे दिन में अनेक बार ड्रिल करनी है . 5-5 minute sārē din mē̃ anēk bār drill karnī hai . 5-5 minute sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] drill karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 5-5 minute the whole day in many time drill do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

462Throughout the whole day, you have to perform this drill for 5 minutes many times.

384वह किया है  ? vah kiyā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

463Have you done it?

385जिसने वह ड्रिल की है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jisnē vah drill kī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.nē] vah[pn.sg.d.] drill karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] that drill do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that raise your hands .

464Those who performed this drill, raise your hand!

386थोड़ों ने हाथ उठाया है . thōṛō̃ nē hāth uṭhāyā hai . thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . short ∅ raise your hands .

465Only a few of you have raised your hand!

387क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

466Why?

388थोड़ा टाइम किया है  ? thōṛā time kiyā hai  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? short time do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

467You have only done it for a short time, is that why?

389बहुत टाइम नहीं किया है तो अभी क्या करेंगे  ? bahut time nahī̃ kiyā hai tō abhī kyā karē̃gē  ? bahut time nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? very time not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then now what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

468You have not done it for a long time? 469So, what shall we do now?

390कम से कम बतायें , कम से कम 8 बारी सारे दिन में कर सकते हो  ? kam sē kam batāyē̃ , kam sē kam 8 bārī sārē din mē̃ kar saktē hō  ? kam sē kam[x] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kam sē kam[x] 8 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? at least tell[opt.pl.12hon3] , at least 8 x the whole day in do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

470At the very least, as a minimum, can you do it 8 times in the whole day?

391कर सकते हो  ? kar saktē hō  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

471Can you do this?

392इसमें हाथ उठाओ . ismē̃ hāth uṭhāō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.mē̃] raise your hands .

472Raise your hands for this!

393करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 394करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

473Will you do it?

395अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

474It is good.

396फिर जब सीजन शुरू होगी ना , जब दूसरी सीजन शुरू होगी उसमें बापदादा सभी से रिजल्ट मंगायेंगे . phir jab season śhurū hōgī nā , jab dūsrī season śhurū hōgī usmē̃ bāpdādā sabhī sē result maṅgāyēṅgē . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jab season śhurū hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā , jab dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season śhurū hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] result maṅgānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (turn[root]|then) when season x ∅ , when other season x that[.mē̃] BapDada all from result ask to bring[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

475Then, when the next season begins, BapDada will ask for everyone's result. 476Baba will tell you one more thing later, not now.

397पीछे एक बात बतायेंगे , अभी नहीं बतायेंगे . pīchhē ēk bāt batāyēṅgē , abhī nahī̃ batāyēṅgē . pīchhē ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x one matter tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , now not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 398पीछे बात बतायेंगे . pīchhē bāt batāyēṅgē . pīchhē bāt[n.f.;sg.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x matter tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

477He will tell you about it later.

399मधुबन वाले तो करेंगे ना  ? madhuban vālē tō karē̃gē nā  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ? Madhuban those who then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

478Those of you from Madhuban will do this, will you not?

400पहला नम्बर . pahlā number . pahlā number[x] . x .

479You will take the first number, will you not?

401तो इस वर्ष का होमवर्क , इस सीजन का होमवर्क दूसरी सीजन तक कम से कम 8 बारी यह ड्रिल जरूर करनी है . tō is varṣh kā homework , is season kā homework dūsrī season tak kam sē kam 8 bārī yah drill jarūr karnī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work , yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season tak kam sē kam[x] 8 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] drill zarūr karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this year of homework , this season of homework other season until at least 8 x this drill definitely do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

480So, this year, the homework from the end of this season until the next season: definitely perform this drill 8 times every day. 481You definitely have to do it.

402जरूर , देखेंगे नहीं , करनी ही है . jarūr , dēkhē̃gē nahī̃ , karnī hī hai . zarūr , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . definitely , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , (x|do[inf.f.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .

482Not that you will see about it; you definitely do have to do it.

403चाहे मिस हो जाए तो एक घण्टे में अनेक बार करके पूरा करना . chāhē miss hō jāē tō ēk ghaṇṭē mē̃ anēk bār karkē pūrā karnā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] miss hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] pūrā karnā[x] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) miss be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then one hour in many time do[abs.] make full .

483If you miss it, then do it many times in one hour and complete it.

404नींद पीछे करना . nīnd pīchhē karnā . nīnd[n.f.;sg.] pīchhē karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . sleep x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

484Sleep later.

405सोना पीछे . sōnā pīchhē . sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] pīchhē . (gold|sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]) x .

485Go to sleep afterwards.

406पहले ड्रिल , आठ बारी पूरा करके पीछे सोना . pahlē drill , āṭh bārī pūrā karkē pīchhē sōnā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] drill , āṭh[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] pīchhē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|firstly) drill , eight x full do[abs.] x (gold|sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]) .

486First perform the drill eight times, and then go to sleep.

407ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 408टीचर्स  ! teachers  ! teacher  ! teacher  !

487Is this all right, teachers?

409पंखे हाथ में लिये हैं , गर्मी हो रही है . paṅkhē hāth mē̃ liyē haĩ , garmī hō rahī hai . paṅkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . fan hand in take[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , heat be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

488You have got fans in your hands. 489You must be feeling hot.

410बहुत अच्छा , टीचर्स का वायुमण्डल स्वतः ही फैलेगा . bahut achchhā , teachers kā vāyumaṇḍal svataḥ hī phailēgā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . very achcha , teacher of atmosphere automatically only spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

490Very good. 491The atmosphere of the teachers will automatically spread everywhere.

411आज बापदादा सभी को यह देखना चाहते हैं , अभी अभी देखना चाहते हैं कि एक सेकण्ड में स्वराज्य के सीट पर कन्ट्रोलिंग पावर , रूलिंग पावर के संस्कार में इमर्ज रूप से सेकण्ड में बैठ सकते हैं  ! āj bāpdādā sabhī kō yah dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ , abhī abhī dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ ki ēk second mē̃ svarājya kē|K seat par controlling power , ruling power kē|K saṅskār mē̃ emerge rūp sē second mē̃ baiṭh saktē haĩ  ! āj bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] , ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] controlling power[x] , ruling power[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] second mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ! today BapDada all to this see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] , now now see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] that one second in own kingdom (of|K) seat (at|other) controlling power , ruling power (of|K) sanskar in emerge Rup from second in sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  !

492Today, BapDada wants to see everyone, now, in one second, if you are able to be seated on the seat of self-sovereignty with the sanskars of controlling power and ruling power in an emerged form.

412तो एक सेकण्ड में दो तीन मिनट के लिए राज्य अधिकारी की सीट पर सेट हो जाओ . tō ēk second mē̃ dō tīn minute kē liē rājya adhikārī kī|key seat par set hō jāō . tō ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīn[adj.] minute kē liē[x] rājya adhikārī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then one second in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x minute for master (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

493In one second, for 2 to 3 minutes, be seated on the seat of a self- sovereign.

494(Baba conducted drill.)

413अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

495Achcha.

414चारों ओर के बच्चों की यादप्यार के पत्र और साथ-साथ जो भी साइंस के साधन हैं उन्हों द्वारा यादप्यार बापदादा के पास पहुंच गई है . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key yādpyār kē|K patra aur sāth-sāth jō bhī science kē|K sādhan haĩ unhō̃ dvārā yādpyār bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch gaī hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sāth-sāth jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] dvārā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . everywhere (of|K) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance (of|K) x and x that too science (of|K) facilities be[pres.pl.12hon3] that through love, remembrance BapDada to reach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

496Baba received love and remembrance through letters and all the facilities of science from all the children everywhere. 497Their love and remembrance have reached BapDada.

415अपने दिल का समाचार भी बहुत बच्चे लिखते भी हैं और रूहरिहान में भी सुनाते हैं . apnē dil kā samāchār bhī bahut bachchē likhtē bhī haĩ aur rūhrihān mē̃ bhī sunātē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one’s own heart of news too very child write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and spiritual conversation in too speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

498Many children write and also tell the news of their heart to BapDada in their heart-to-heart conversations.

416बापदादा उन सभी बच्चों को रेसपान्ड दे रहे हैं कि सदा सच्ची दिल पर साहेब राजी है . bāpdādā un sabhī bachchō̃ kō respond dē rahē haĩ ki sadā sachchī dil par sāhēb rājī hai . bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] respond dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāhēb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāzī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada that all child to response give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that constantly true heart (at|other) x pleased be[pres.sg.23] .

499BapDada is responding to all those children: The Lord is always pleased with a true heart.

417दिल की दुआयें और दिल का दुलार बापदादा का विशेष उन आत्माओं प्रति है . dil kī|key duāyē̃ aur dil kā dulār bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh un ātmāō̃ prati hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] prati hōnā[pres.sg.23] . heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing and heart of love and affection BapDada of special that soul for be[pres.sg.23] .

500BapDada's love from His heart and blessings from His heart are especially for those souls.

418चारों ओर के जो भी समाचार देते हैं , सभी अच्छे अच्छे उमंग-उत्साह के प्लैन जो भी बनाये हैं , उसकी बापदादा मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं और वरदान भी दे रहे हैं , बढ़ते चलो , बढ़ाते चलो . chārō̃ ōr kē|K jō bhī samāchār dētē haĩ , sabhī achchhē achchhē umaṅg-utsāh kē|K plan jō bhī banāyē haĩ , uskī bāpdādā mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ aur vardān bhī dē rahē haĩ , baṛhtē chalō , baṛhātē chalō . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kī] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . everywhere (of|K) that too news give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , all achcha achcha zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) plan that too create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kī] BapDada congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and blessing too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

501All those who give the news from everywhere, and all the plans that you have made with very good zeal and enthusiasm, BapDada is congratulating you for those and is also giving you a blessing: Continue to move forward and make others move forward.

419चारों ओर के बापदादा के कोटों में कोई , कोई में भी कोई श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान बच्चों को बापदादा का विशेष यादप्यार , बापदादा सभी बच्चों को हिम्मत और उमंग-उत्साह की मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāpdādā kē|K kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī , kōī mē̃ bhī kōī śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh yādpyār , bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō himmat aur umaṅg-utsāh kī|key mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) BapDada (of|K) x in some , some in too some elevated fortunate child to BapDada of special love, remembrance , BapDada all child to courage and zeal and enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

502To all BapDada's children who are the handful out of multimillions, and to the few most elevated fortunate children of that handful, BapDada's special love and remembrance. 503BapDada is giving congratulations to all the children for their courage and zeal and enthusiasm.

420आगे तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनने की , बैलेन्स की पदमा-पदमगुणा ब्लैसिंग भी दे रहे हैं . āgē tīvr purūṣhārthī bannē kī|key , balance kī|key padmā-padamguṇā blessing bhī dē rahē haĩ . āgē tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , balance karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] blessing bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . previously intense effort-maker become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , balance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion-fold blessing too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

504For the future too, Baba is giving multimillionfold blessings for becoming an intense effort-maker and keeping a balance.

421सभी के भाग्य का सितारा सदा चमकता रहे और औरों का भाग्य बनवाते रहें इसकी भी दुआयें दे रहे हैं . sabhī kē|K bhāgya kā sitārā sadā chamaktā rahē aur aurō̃ kā bhāgya banvātē rahē̃ iskī bhī duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā chamaknā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banvānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all (of|K) x of star constantly x[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] and others of x create[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] this[.kī] too blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

505Baba is also giving you the blessing that the star of everyone's fortune always remains sparkling and that you continue to increase the fortune of others.

422चारों ओर के बच्चे अपने अपने स्थान पर सुन भी रहे हैं , देख भी रहे हैं और बापदादा भी सभी चारों ओर के दूर बैठे बच्चों को देख-देख खुश हो रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē apnē apnē sthān par sun bhī rahē haĩ , dēkh bhī rahē haĩ aur bāpdādā bhī sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K dūr baiṭhē bachchō̃ kō dēkh-dēkh khuśh hō rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sunnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) child one’s own one’s own place (at|other) listen[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , see[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and BapDada too all everywhere (of|K) distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

506All the children everywhere, at their own places, are listening and seeing too, and BapDada is also seeing all the children everywhere, even those sitting far away, and is pleased with them.

423देखते रहो और मधुबन की शोभा सदा बढ़ाते रहो . dēkhtē rahō aur madhuban kī|key śhōbhā sadā baṛhātē rahō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhōbhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sadā baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] constantly increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

507Continue to see and always continue to increase the beauty of Madhuban.

424तो सभी बच्चों को दिल की दुआओं साथ नमस्ते . tō sabhī bachchō̃ kō dil kī|key duāō̃ sāth namastē . tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] namastē . then all child to heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing with x .

508To all the children, namaste with blessings from the heart.

425दादियों से  : आप सबके साइलेन्स बल ने डाक्टरों को टच किया . dādiyō̃ sē  : āp sabkē silence bal nē ḍākṭarō̃ kō touch kiyā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] silence bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] doctor[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] touch karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Dadi from  : you everyone's silence strength ∅ doctor to touch do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

509BapDada speaking to Dadis: The power of silence of all of you touched the doctors.

426नई नई इन्वेन्शन निकाल रहे हैं . naī naī invention nikāl rahē haĩ . nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . new new invention x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

510They are creating new inventions.

427कोई न कोई ऐसी बात निकाली है जो सहज हो रहा है . kōī na kōī aisī bāt nikālī hai jō sahaj hō rahā hai . kōī na kōī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . one .. or another such matter x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that easy be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

511They have made one or another new thing emerge so that things are becoming easier.

428 ( मोहिनी बहन ने सभी की याद दी ) सभी बहुत अच्छी सेवा कर रहे हैं , दिल से सेवा कर रहे हैं . ( mōhinī bahan nē sabhī kī|key yād dī|the ) sabhī bahut achchhī sēvā kar rahē haĩ , dil sē sēvā kar rahē haĩ . ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) sab[adv.hī] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( x x ∅ all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) all very achcha service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , heart from service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

512(Mohiniben gave everyone's remembrance.) 513Everyone is doing very good service with their heart.

429 ( अंकल-आंटी ने याद दी है ) उन्हों को विशेष यादप्यार और टोली भेजना . ( uncle-aunty nē yād dī hai ) unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh yādpyār aur ṭōlī bhējnā . ( x nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( x ∅ remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) that to special love, remembrance and toli x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

514(Uncle and Aunty also sent special love and remembrance.) 515Send special love and remembrance to them and also send them toli.

430अच्छा है स्थापना के कार्य में निमित्त बनें हैं . achchhā hai sthāpanā kē|K kārya mē̃ nimitt banē̃ haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] establishment (of|K) task in instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

516It is good; they have been instruments in the task of the establishment.

431फारेन में वी . आई . पी के रूप में यह पहला मिसाल . foreign mē̃ we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī kē|K rūp mē̃ yah pahlā misāl . foreign mē̃[postp.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] misāl[n.f.;sg.] . abroad in (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) (of|K) Rup in this x example . 432सेवा के निमित्त बनें . sēvā kē nimitt banē̃ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . service x become[opt.pl.12hon3] .

517He was the first example of being a VIP abroad who became an instrument for service.

433अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

518Achcha.

434दादियां तो सभी तन्दरूस्त हो गई हैं . dādiyā̃ tō sabhī tandarūst hō gaī haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] tandarūst[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . Dadi then all x be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

519All Dadis have become healthy.

435 ( परदादी से ) कमाल करके दिखाई . ( pardādī sē ) kamāl karkē dikhāī . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta from ) x do[abs.] (x[past-part.f.]|x) .

520To Dadi Nirmal Shanta: You have shown wonders.

436 ( 4 महीना अहमदाबाद में रही ) वह भी सेवा की , ऐसे नहीं रही , सेवा की है . ( 4 mahīnā ahamadābād mē̃ rahī ) vah bhī sēvā kī|key , aisē nahī̃ rahī , sēvā kī hai . ( 4 x ahamadābād mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.f.] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , aisē nahī̃[x] rahnā[past-part.f.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( 4 x x in remain[past-part.f.] ) that too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , it isn't that remain[past-part.f.] , service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

521(She spent four months in Ahmedabad.) 522You have done service while there. 523You didn't stay there just like that.

437 ( बाबा की गोदी में आ गई ) सदा बाबा की गोदी में रहती है . ( bābā kī|key gōdī mē̃ ā gaī ) sadā bābā kī|key gōdī mē̃ rahtī hai . ( bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ) sadā bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in come[past-part.f..root+jānā] ) constantly Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in remain[pres.sg.f.23] .

524(I have come into Baba's lap.) 525You always remain in Baba's lap.

438अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

526Achcha.

439योगिनी बहन  : अच्छी हिम्मत रखी है , प्यार है मेहनत नहीं . yōginī bahan  : achchhī himmat rakhī hai , pyār hai mēhnat nahī̃ . yōginī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . Yogini x  : achcha courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , love be[pres.sg.23] effort not .

527To Yoginiben: You have maintained courage well. 528This is love, not effort.

440यह तो बाम्बे वालों को लिफ्ट मिली है . yah tō bāmbē vālō̃ kō lift milī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāmbē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] lift milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this then Bombay those who to lift receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

529This is a lift that those from Bombay have received.

441आपने हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है . āpnē himmat achchhī rakhī hai . āp[pn.pl.nē] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . you[.nē] courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

530You have maintained courage well.

442शान्तामणि दादी  : इसने कमाल की . śāntāmaṇi dādī  : isnē kamāl kī|key . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]  : yah[pn.sg.nē] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . x Dadi  : this[.nē] x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

531To Dadi Shantamani: This one performed wonders.

443डाक्टर भी मानते हैं यह विल पावर है . doctor bhī māntē haĩ yah will power hai . doctor bhī[p.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] will power hōnā[pres.sg.23] . doctor too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this will power be[pres.sg.23] .

532Even the doctors have accepted that this is will-power.

444तो यह विल पावर की प्रत्यक्षता दिखाई , इसकी मुबारक हो बहुत . tō yah will power kī|key pratyakṣhatā dikhāī , iskī mubārak hō bahut . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] will power karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bahut . then this will power (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation (x[past-part.f.]|x) , this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) very .

533You showed the revelation of will-power. 534Congratulations!

445एक एक्जैम्पुल तो बनी . ēk example tō banī . ēk[adj.] example tō bannā[past-part.f.] . one example then become[past-part.f.] .

535You have become an example.

446विल पावर क्या चीज़ होती है उसका एक्जैम्पुल बनी . will power kyā chīz hōtī hai uskā example banī . will power kyā chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] example bannā[past-part.f.] . will power what thing be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kā] example become[past-part.f.] .

536You have become an example of what will-power is.

447बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगा . bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . BapDada to very achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) .

537BapDada loved it very much.

448उसकी मुबारक है . uskī mubārak hai . vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

538Congratulations for that.

449हर निमित्त दादी की विशेषता है . har|her nimitt dādī kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai . har|harnā[root]|her nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|x[root]) instrument Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] .

539Every instrument Dadi is special.

450और देखो कोई भी दादी नहीं होती है तो सब कहते हैं खाली खाली हैं , 1000 रहे पड़े हैं फिर भी कहते हैं खाली है . aur dēkhō kōī bhī dādī nahī̃ hōtī hai tō sab kahtē haĩ khālī khālī haĩ , 1000 rahē paṛē haĩ phir bhī kahtē haĩ khālī hai . aur dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī bhī[x] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō sab[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khālī[adj.] khālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , 1000 rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] phir bhī[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anyone Dadi not be[pres.sg.f.23] then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] empty empty be[pres.pl.12hon3] , 1000 remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] nevertheless say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] empty be[pres.sg.23] .

540And look, if none of the Dadis is present, everyone says: It is all empty. 541Even though there may be 1000 people staying there, they would say it is empty.

451तो जहाँ दादियां हैं वहाँ रौनक है . tō jahā̃ dādiyā̃ haĩ vahā̃ raunak hai . tō jahā̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then where there Dadi be[pres.pl.12hon3] there splendour be[pres.sg.23] .

542So, where the Dadis are, there is splendour there.

452ऐसे ही सभी को सिखाओ . aisē hī sabhī kō sikhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only all to teach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

543Teach everyone to do the same.

453ऐसा कोई ग्रुपअव्यक्त बापदादा तैयार करो , बापदादा बहुत इनाम देगा , ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो . aisā kōī grupaavyakta bāpdādā taiyār karō , bāpdādā bahut inām dēgā , aisā group taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] x bāpdādā taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā bahut inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such some x BapDada x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada very prize give[fut.m.sg.23] , such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

544Prepare a group like that. 545BapDada will give many prizes. 546Prepare such a group.

454पाण्डवों को भी ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करना है जिसमें बस एक दो को हाँ जी , हाँ जी करें और हजूर हाजिर . pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī aisā group taiyār karnā hai jismē̃ bas ēk dō kō hā̃ jī , hā̃ jī karē̃ aur hajūr hājir . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] basnā[root]|bas ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] hā̃ jī[x] , hā̃ jī[x] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur hajūr hāzir[adj.] . Pandava to too such group x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that[.mē̃] (x[root]|simply) one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to yes , yes do[opt.pl.12hon3] and Lord present .

547Pandavas also have to prepare such a group, where each one just says, "Ha ji, ha ji" and the lord becomes present.

455देखेंगे . dēkhē̃gē . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 456दादियां ग्रुप पहले तैयार करती या पाण्डव तैयार करते . dādiyā̃ group pahlē taiyār kartī yā pāṇḍav taiyār kartē . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] group pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-part.f.] yā pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Dadi group (x|firstly) x do[pres-part.f.] or Pandava x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

548We shall see whether the Dadis or the Pandavas prepare the group first.

457निमित्त दादियां भले हो लेकिन आपस में भी हिम्मत रखनी पड़े . nimitt dādiyā̃ bhalē hō lēkin āpas mē̃ bhī himmat rakhnī paṛē . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āpas mē̃[x] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . instrument Dadi benefit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but with each other too courage keep[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .

549Dadis may be instruments, but you have to maintain courage among yourselves too.

458हिम्मत आपकी मदद दादियों की . himmat āpkī madad dādiyō̃ kī|key . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . courage you[.kī] x Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

550With your courage, there will be help from the Dadis.

459बापदादा तो है ही . bāpdādā tō hai hī . bāpdādā tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . BapDada then be[pres.sg.23] only .

551BapDada is always there anyway.

460कोई ग्रुप जरूर चाहिए . kōī group jarūr chāhiē . kōī[pn.;d.] group zarūr chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . some group definitely (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

552A group is definitely needed.

461पाण्डवों का भी ग्रुप चाहिए शक्तियों का भी चाहिए , इससे वायुमण्डल बहुत जल्दी फैलेगा . pāṇḍavō̃ kā bhī group chāhiē śhaktiyō̃ kā bhī chāhiē , issē vāyumaṇḍal bahut jaldī phailēgā . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] group chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , yah[pn.sg.sē] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Pandava of too group (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) Shakti of too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , this[.sē] atmosphere very very quickly spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

553A group of Pandavas and a group of Shaktis are also needed through which the atmosphere will spread very quickly.

462अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

554It is good.

463डा . अशोक मेहता से  : एवररेडी का प्रैक्टिकल रूप दिखा दिया . ḍā . aśhōk Mēhtā sē  : ever ready kā practical rūp dikhā diyā . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . aśhōk[adj.] x sē[postp.]  : ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . x . x x from  : ever-ready of practical Rup (seem[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .

555To Dr Ashok Mehta: You have shown the practical form of being ever-ready.

464ऐसे ही पुरूषार्थ में भी एवररेडी . aisē hī purūṣhārth mē̃ bhī ever ready . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ever ready . such only effort in too ever-ready .

556In the same way, remain ever-ready in your effort.

465अच्छा है हॉस्पिटल एक एक्जैम्पुल है . achchhā hai hospital ēk example hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hospital ēk[adj.] example hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] hospital one example be[pres.sg.23] .

557It is good. 558The hospital is an example.

466इस हॉस्पिटल में ऐसा वायुमण्डल बनाओ जो सभी को एड्रेस मिले कि अगर आपको देखना हो कि कैसे सहज योगी और सहज धारणा स्वरूप सेवाधारी हैं , लेकिन सेवा करते हुए भी योगी , ऐसा एक्जैम्पुल सभी वर्कर्स सहित बनाओ . is hospital mē̃ aisā vāyumaṇḍal banāō jō sabhī kō address milē ki agar āpkō dēkhnā hō ki kaisē sahaj yōgī aur sahaj dhārṇā svarūp sēvādhārī haĩ , lēkin sēvā kartē huē bhī yōgī , aisā example sabhī workers sahit banāō . yah[pn.sg.o.] hospital mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] address milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] agar āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] aur sahaj[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] yōgī[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example sab[adv.hī] worker sahit banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this hospital in such atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all to address (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that if you[.kō] see[pres.pl.2.oblig1] that how easy yogi and easy dharna form server be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too yogi , such example all x including create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

559Create such an atmosphere in this hospital that everyone receives an address: If you want to see how to become an easy yogi and an easy embodiment of dharna, a sevadhari, one who is a yogi in doing service.... 560Make all the staff into such examples too.

467ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ जो सभी को एड्रेस देवे कि देखो कर्म करते भी ऐसे हैं . aisā group banāō jō sabhī kō address dēvē ki dēkhō karma kartē bhī aisē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] address dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all to address give[opt.sg.23] that see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too such be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

561Prepare such a group that gives everyone an address: Look, they are like this while performing actions too.

468ऐसी कोई नवीनता करके दिखाओ . aisī kōī navīntā karkē dikhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such some newness do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

562Show newness in doing something like that.

469हॉस्पिटल का काम तो चलता रहेगा लेकिन आप कोई नवीनता करके दिखाओ . hospital kā kām tō chaltā rahēgā lēkin āp kōī navīntā karkē dikhāō . hospital kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hospital of (task|lust) then continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] but you some newness do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

563The work of the hospital will continue anyway, but you must now show some newness.

470ऐसा कोई ग्रुप बनाओ फिर बापदादा के पास ले आना जो कर्मयोगी की जीवन बतायें . aisā kōī group banāō phir bāpdādā kē pās lē ānā jō karmayōgī kī|key jīvan batāyē̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] karmyōgī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such some group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) BapDada to (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) that karma yogi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life tell[opt.pl.12hon3] .

564Prepare such a group and bring it to BapDada - a group of those who show what a karma yogi life is.

471कहाँ भी करो लेकिन जैसे कहते हैं ना यह दवाई इस हॉस्पिटल में अच्छी मिलती है यह आपरेशन यहाँ अच्छा होता है , ऐसे यह प्रसिद्ध हो जाए कर्मयोगी ग्रुप अगर देखना है तो यहाँ देखो . kahā̃ bhī karō lēkin jaisē kahtē haĩ nā yah davāī is hospital mē̃ achchhī miltī hai yah operation yahā̃ achchhā hōtā hai , aisē yah prasiddh hō jāē karmayōgī group agar dēkhnā hai tō yahā̃ dēkhō . kahā̃ bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] hospital mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] operation yahā̃ achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] karmyōgī[adj.] group agar dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yahā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but like say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ this x this hospital in achcha receive[pres.sg.f.23] this operation here achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] , such this x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] karma yogi group if see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then here see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

565You can do it anywhere. 566Just as they say that this medicine or this operation is performed well here, in this hospital, in the same way, it should become well known: If you want to see a karma-yogi group, see it here.

472यह करके दिखाओ . yah karkē dikhāō . yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

567Now demonstrate this.

473 ( आपकी आशीर्वाद चाहिए ) बापदादा की आशीर्वाद से ही पैदा हुए हो . ( āpkī āśhīrvād chāhiē ) bāpdādā kī|key āśhīrvād sē hī paidā huē hō . ( āp[pn.pl.kī] āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ) bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . ( you[.kī] blessing (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ) BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing from only born be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

568(I want your blessing.) 569You have taken birth through BapDada's blessings.

474पैदा ही आशीर्वाद से हुए हो . paidā hī āśhīrvād sē huē hō . paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . born only blessing from be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . 475पैदा भी हो गये पले भी हो . paidā bhī hō gayē palē bhī hō . paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] palnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|palnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . born too be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

570You have taken birth through blessings and have also grown up now.

476अच्छा है ज्यादा नहीं फंसाओ अपने को , कोई नवीनता करके दिखाओ . achchhā hai jyādā nahī̃ phaṅsāō apnē kō , kōī navīntā karkē dikhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] phãsānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] more not tempt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own to , some newness do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

571It is good. 572Do not trap yourself in too much. 573Create some newness.

477अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

574Achcha.

478बृजमोहन भाई से  : सेवा हो रही है लेकिन अभी कोई सेवा की नवीनता दिखाओ . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē  : sēvā hō rahī hai lēkin abhī kōī sēvā kī|key navīntā dikhāō . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.]  : sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brij Mohan (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from  : service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] but now some service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) newness x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

575To Brother Brijmohan: Service is taking place, but now let there be some newness in service.

479नवीनता यह करके दिखाओ जो स्नेही सहयोगी हैं ना , हर वर्ग का वह ग्रुप ले आओ . navīntā yah karkē dikhāō jō snēhī sahyōgī haĩ nā , har|her varg kā vah group lē āō . navīntā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] group lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] . newness this do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that loving co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , (x|x[root]) profession of that group take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+ānā] .

576Bring about the newness that all those who are loving and co-operative in every wing, bring that group here.

480दिल्ली में अगली सीजन में ग्रुप बनाओ ऐसा , हर वर्ग का हो . dillī mē̃ aglī season mē̃ group banāō aisā , har|her varg kā hō . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aglā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Delhi in next season in group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such , (x|x[root]) profession of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

577Prepare a group of those from every wing in Delhi to bring them here next season.

481और छोटा ग्रुप बनाओ तो आपको सब कापी करेंगे . aur chhōṭā group banāō tō āpkō sab kāpī karē̃gē . aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] sab[adj.] kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and small group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kō] all copy do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

578And if you create a small group like that, everyone will copy you.

482रमेश भाई से  : अच्छा है बाम्बे में भी कोई ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जो शार्ट भी हो नवीन भी हो . ramēśh bhāī sē  : achchhā hai bāmbē mē̃ bhī kōī aisā plan banāō jō short bhī hō navīn bhī hō . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāmbē mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] short bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Rameshbhai from  : achcha be[pres.sg.23] Bombay in too some such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that short too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

579To Brother Ramesh: Create such a plan which is short and new in Bombay too.

483डा . प्रताप भाई से  : हॉस्पिटल वालों को विशेष यादप्यार देना और आप भी बहुत अच्छा कर रहे हो . ḍā . pratāp bhāī sē  : hospital vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh yādpyār dēnā aur āp bhī bahut achchhā kar rahē hō . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.]  : hospital vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from  : hospital those who to special love, remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] and you too very achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

580Dr. 581Pratap: Give special love and remembrance to those in the Hospital. 582And you are also doing very well.

484सुनो नहीं किसका . sunō nahī̃ kiskā . sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] kaun[pn.sg.kā] . listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not who[.kā] .

583Do not listen to anyone else.

485बापदादा जानते हैं आप क्या कर रहे हो कितना कर रहे हो . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ āp kyā kar rahē hō kitnā kar rahē hō . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] you what do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] so do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

584BapDada knows what you are doing and how much you are doing.

486कोई फिकर नहीं करो उड़ते रहो . kōī phikar nahī̃ karō uṛtē rahō . kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . some worry not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

585Do not worry about anything; continue to fly.

487बापदादा का सर्टीफिकेट ठीक है . bāpdādā kā certificate ṭhīk hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of certificate OK be[pres.sg.23] .

586The certificate from BapDada is good.

488भोपाल भाई  : शान्तिवन की शोभा है ना . bhōpāl bhāī  : śhāntivan kī|key śhōbhā hai nā . bhōpāl bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.]  : śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhōbhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . Bhopal (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])  : Shantivan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .

587To Bhopalbhai: It is the beauty of Shantivan.

489सभी को सुख तो मिला ना . sabhī kō sukh tō milā nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . all to happiness then (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ . 490तो उसकी दुआयें मिलती हैं . tō uskī duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . tō vah[pn.sg.kī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . then that[.kī] blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

588Everyone received happiness and you are receiving blessings for that.

491गोलक भाई - यह भी ठीक है , थकते तो नहीं हैं . gōlak bhāī - yah bhī ṭhīk hai , thaktē tō nahī̃ haĩ . x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , thaknā, phathaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) - this too OK be[pres.sg.23] , become desperate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

589To Golakbhai: This one is also good. 590You don't get tired, do you?

492हिम्मत आपकी मदद बाप की . himmat āpkī madad bāp kī|key . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . courage you[.kī] x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

591With your courage, you receive the Father's help.

493अभी लक्ष्य अच्छा रखा है , और होता जायेगा . abhī lakṣhya achchhā rakhā hai , aur hōtā jāyēgā . ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aur hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . now aim achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , and be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

592You have now kept a good aim and it will continue to happen.

494 ( मीटिंग की थी ) रिजल्ट बताना दादियों को . ( meeting kī thī ) result batānā dādiyō̃ kō . ( meeting karnā[past-perf.f.] ) result batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . ( meeting do[past-perf.f.] ) result tell[inf.m.sg.d.] Dadi to .

593(He had a meeting.) 594Tell Dadis the result.

495कुछ वी . आई . पीज बापदादा से मिल रहे हैं  : देखो आप लोग सबसे ज्यादा सेवा कर सकते हो , क्योंकि आप न्युटरल होके अपने अनुभव से औरों को अनुभवी बना सकते हैं . kuchh we|V . eye|āī|I . Ps bāpdādā sē mil rahē haĩ  : dēkhō āp lōg sabsē jyādā sēvā kar saktē hō , kyōṅki āp neutral hōkē apnē anubhav sē aurō̃ kō anubhavī banā saktē haĩ . kuchh we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] neutral hōnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . anything (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. BapDada from receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you people the most more service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , because you neutral be[abs.] one’s own experience from others to experienced create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

595BapDada meeting different VIPs: Look, you people can do the most service because you can remain neutral and with your experience make others experienced.

496कई ज्ञान नहीं सुनने चाहते लेकिन अनुभव सुनने चाहते हैं . kaī gyān nahī̃ sunnē chāhtē lēkin anubhav sunnē chāhtē haĩ . kaī gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some knowledge not listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

596Some people don't want to listen to knowledge, but they want to hear experiences.

497तो आप सभी अपने अनुभव के आधार से सेवा कर सकते हैं . tō āp sabhī apnē anubhav kē|K ādhār sē sēvā kar saktē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then you all one’s own experience (of|K) basis from service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

597So, all of you can do service on the basis of your experience.

498ऐसा माइक बनो , माइट वाला माइक . aisā mike banō , might vālā mike . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , might vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike . such mike become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , might those who mike .

598Become such a mike, a mike with might.

499जैसे यह लाइट वाला माइक है ना , आप माइट वाला माइक बनो , बन सकते हैं . jaisē yah light vālā mike hai nā , āp might vālā mike banō , ban saktē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] light vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , āp[pn.pl.] might vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . like this light those who mike be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , you might those who mike become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

599Just as this is a mike with light, you can become a mike with might. 600You can become this.

500कितना अच्छा बन सकते हैं . kitnā achchhā ban saktē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . so achcha become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

601You can become this very well.

501कितनी माताओं का कल्याण कर सकती हो . kitnī mātāō̃ kā kalyāṇ kar saktī hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] . so mother of benefit do[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] .

602You can benefit so many women.

502माताओं को जगाओ . mātāō̃ kō jagāō . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mother to awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

603Awaken the women.

503शिव शक्ति बनाओ . śhiv śhakti banāō . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Shiva Shakti create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

604Make them into Shiv Shaktis.

504यह यूथ को जगाये . yah youth kō jagāyē . yah[pn.sg.d.] youth kō[postp.] jagānā . this youth to awaken .

605This one can awaken the Youth.

505सभी सेवा कर सकते हो . sabhī sēvā kar saktē hō . sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . all service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . 506और बापदादा की मुबारक है . aur bāpdādā kī|key mubārak hai . aur bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

606All of you can do service and you have congratulations from BapDada.

507आप लोगों का लक कितना बड़ा है जो कहा जाता है कोटों में कोई , तो आप कोई हो . āp lōgō̃ kā luck kitnā baṛā hai jō kahā jātā hai kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī , tō āp kōī hō . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] luck kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] , tō āp[pn.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you people of luck so very be[pres.sg.23] that (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) x in some , then you some (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

607The luck of all you is so big. 608It is said: A handful out of multimillions, and you are that handful.

508अभी क्या बनना है  ! abhī kyā bannā hai  ! ab[adv.hī] kyā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ! now what become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  !

609What are you going to become now?

509कोई में भी कोई , बनना है ना  ! kōī mē̃ bhī kōī , bannā hai nā  ! kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] , bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! some in too some , become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

610A few out of that handful; you want to become that, do you not?

510कोटों में कोई तो बन गये , लेकिन अभी कोई में भी कोई बनना है . kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī tō ban gayē , lēkin abhī kōī mē̃ bhī kōī bannā hai . kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x in some then become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , but now some in too some become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

611You have become the handful, but now become a few out of that handful.

511तो क्या बनना है  ? tō kyā bannā hai  ? tō kyā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then what become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

612So what are you going to become?

512सेवा करनी है ना . sēvā karnī hai nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

613You are going to do service, are you not?

513अपने भाग्य का , प्राप्ति का अनुभव सुनाओ सभी को . apnē bhāgya kā , prāpti kā anubhav sunāō sabhī kō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] . one’s own x of , attainment of experience speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all to . 514क्योंकि प्रैक्टकिल अनुभव का प्रभाव जल्दी पड़ता है और कुछ भी नहीं सुनाओ . kyōṅki practical anubhav kā prabhāv jaldī paṛtā hai aur kuchh bhī nahī̃ sunāō . kyōṅki practical anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaldī paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur kuchh[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . because practical experience of x very quickly fall[pres.sg.m.23] x too not speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

614Share the experience of your fortune and your attainment with everyone, because the practical experience makes an impact quicker. 615You don't have to share anything else.

515मुझे क्या मिला  ! mujhē kyā milā  ! maĩ[pn.sg.kō] kyā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! I[.kō] what (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ! 516क्या अन्तर आया लाइफ में , वह सुनने से आपका पुण्य बन जायेगा . kyā antar āyā life mē̃ , vah sunnē sē āpkā puṇya ban jāyēgā . kyā antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] life mē̃[postp.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . what difference come[past-part.m.sg.d.] life in , that listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from you[.kā] charity become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

616When they hear about what you have received and what transformation it has brought about in your life, you will then have done charity.

517पुण्य का खाता जमा करना है ना . puṇya kā khātā jamā karnā hai nā . puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . accounts of charity accumulate ∅ .

617You want to accumulate in your account of charity, do you not?

518भविष्य बनाना है ना . bhaviṣhya banānā hai nā . bhaviṣhya[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . future create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

618You want to create your future, do you not?

519तो वर्तमान खुशी मिलेगी और भविष्य के लिए पुण्य जमा होगा , डबल फायदा . tō vartamān khuśhī milēgī aur bhaviṣhya kē liē puṇya jamā hōgā , double phāydā . tō vartamān[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] kē liē[x] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then present happiness receive[fut.f.sg.23] and future for charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.sg.23] , double profit .

619So, in the present, you will receive happiness and you will accumulate for the future. 620Double benefit.

520भाषण कोई सुने नहीं सुने , कहानी आपकी सुनेंगे , क्योंकि आपके जीवन की कहानी हो गई तो कहानी सब रूचि से सुनते हैं और कहानी याद भी आती है . bhāṣhaṇ kōī sunē nahī̃ sunē , kahānī āpkī sunē̃gē , kyōṅki āpkē jīvan kī|key kahānī hō gaī tō kahānī sab rūchi sē suntē haĩ aur kahānī yād bhī ātī hai . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] tō kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adj.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . lecture some (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , x you[.kī] listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , because you[.kē] life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] then x all interest from listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x remembrance too come[pres.sg.f.23] .

621Whether someone listens to lectures or not, they will hear your stories because it will be a story of your life. 622So, everyone will listen to the stories with interest, and they will also remember the stories.

521तो ऐसी सेवा करो . tō aisī sēvā karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

623So, do such service.

522कर सकते हैं ना  ? kar saktē haĩ nā  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] nā  ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ∅  ?

624Can you do that?

523कर सकते हैं . kar saktē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

625You can do it.

524इनकी विशेषता यह है , जो संकल्प करते हैं ना , वह पूरा करते हैं . inkī viśhēṣhtā yah hai , jō saṅkalp kartē haĩ nā , vah pūrā kartē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] pūrā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this[.kī] speciality this be[pres.sg.23] , that thought do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , that make full .

626This one's speciality is that whatever he thinks, he does.

525यह बच्ची भी अच्छी है . yah bachchī bhī achchhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this girl too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

627This child is also good.

526सारा परिवार लकी है . sārā parivār lucky hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lucky hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole family lucky be[pres.sg.23] .

628The whole family is lucky.

527माता जी भी लकी है ना . mātā jī bhī lucky hai nā . mātā[n.f.;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] bhī[p.] lucky hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . mother (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) too lucky be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

629The mother is also lucky, are you not?

528अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

529देखो कहाँ के भी आये हो लेकिन सर्विसएबुल हो . dēkhō kahā̃ kē|K bhī āyē hō lēkin serviceable hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin serviceable hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] where (of|K) too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but serviceable (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

630Look, wherever you have come from, you are all serviceable.

530बहुत अच्छी सेवा कर सकते हो . bahut achchhī sēvā kar saktē hō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . very achcha service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

631You can do very good service.

531ब्लैसिंग यही है कि सदा सन्तुष्ट रहो और सन्तुष्ट करो . blessing yahī hai ki sadā santuṣhṭ rahō aur santuṣhṭ karō . blessing yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . blessing this be[pres.sg.23] that constantly content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and content do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

632The blessing is that you always remain content and make others content.

532ऐसी लाइफ बनाओ जो आपके चेहरे से सदा सन्तुष्टता दिखाई दे , तो सन्तुष्टता सबको चाहिए . aisī life banāō jō āpkē chēhrē sē sadā santuṣhṭatā dikhāī dē , tō santuṣhṭatā sabkō chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] life banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] sadā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , tō santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] sabkō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . such life create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kē] face from constantly contentment be visible , then contentment everything (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

633Create such a life that contentment is always visible on your face. 634Everyone wants contentment.

533आपकी सूरत बोले , शक्ल बोले . āpkī sūrat bōlē , śhakla bōlē . āp[pn.pl.kī] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , śhakla[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . you[.kī] x (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , face (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

635Your face and image should speak.

534बोल नहीं , शक्ल बोले . bōl nahī̃ , śhakla bōlē . bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] , śhakla[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x|speak[root]) not , face (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

636Not with words, but with your face.

535जो ईश्वरीय कार्य में सहयोगी बनते हैं तो सहयोग का रिटर्न बाप की मदद मिलती है . jō īśhvarīy kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bantē haĩ tō sahyōg kā return bāp kī|key madad miltī hai . jō[pn.;d.] īśhvarīy[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that Godly task in co-operative become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then cooperation of return father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

637Those who become co-operative in God's task, receive the Father's help as a return of that co-operation.

536तो हिम्मत आपकी मदद बाप की . tō himmat āpkī madad bāp kī|key . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . then courage you[.kī] x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

638So, it is your courage and the Father's help.

537सदा यह याद रखना हिम्मत मेरी मदद बाप की . sadā yah yād rakhnā himmat mērī madad bāp kī|key . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . constantly this remember courage I[.kī] x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

639Always remember: My courage and the Father's help.

538सब कार्य सहज होता जायेगा . sab kārya sahaj hōtā jāyēgā . sab[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . all task easy be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

640All the tasks will continue to become easier.

539जो भी आये हैं सभी को सेवा में लग जाना चाहिए . jō bhī āyē haĩ sabhī kō sēvā mē̃ lag jānā chāhiē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[root] jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] all to service in x[root] (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .

641All those who have come should become engaged in service.

540सभी को सन्देश दो , अपने अनुभव के आधार से . sabhī kō sandēśh dō , apnē anubhav kē|K ādhār sē . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . all to message (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , one’s own experience (of|K) basis from .

642Give everyone the message on the basis of your experience.

541जहाँ भी कार्य करते हो , वहाँ अपने अनुभव के आधार पर औरों को अनुभवी बनाते जाओ . jahā̃ bhī kārya kartē hō , vahā̃ apnē anubhav kē|K ādhār par aurō̃ kō anubhavī banātē jāō . jahā̃ bhī[p.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . where there too task do[pres.pl.m.2] , there one’s own experience (of|K) basis (at|other) others to experienced create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .

643Wherever you can carry out a task, then on the basis of your experience, continue to make others experienced.

542जो भी मिले खुशी बांटों तो पुण्य का खाता जमा होता जायेगा . jō bhī milē khuśhī bāṇṭō̃ tō puṇya kā khātā jamā hōtā jāyēgā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō puṇya kā khātā[x] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . that too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) happiness distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then accounts of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

644Share happiness with whoever you meet and your account of charity will continue to accumulate.

543विदेश की बड़ी बहनों से  : बैलेन्स द्वारा सदा ब्लैसिंग लेने वाले . vidēśh kī|key baṛī bahanō̃ sē  : balance dvārā sadā blessing lēnē vālē . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : balance dvārā sadā blessing lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very x from  : balance through constantly blessing take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

645BapDada meeting senior sisters from abroad: You are the ones who always claim blessings through a balance.

544जहाँ बैलेन्स है वहाँ ब्लैसिंग स्वतः मिलती हैं . jahā̃ balance hai vahā̃ blessing svataḥ miltī haĩ . jahā̃ balance hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ blessing svataḥ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . where there balance be[pres.sg.23] there blessing automatically receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

646Where there is a balance, you automatically receive blessings.

545कितनी ब्लैसिंग मिलती हैं  ? kitnī blessing miltī haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] blessing milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? so blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

647How many blessings do you receive?

546अमृतवेले स्व स्थिति को इमर्ज करो . amr̥itvēlē sva sthiti kō emerge karō . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sva sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . amrit vela x stage to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

648At amrit vela, make your original stage emerge.

547अपने स्वमान को इमर्ज करो . apnē svamān kō emerge karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own self-respect to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

649Make your self-respect emerge.

548बाकी वैसे सेवा बढ़ती जा रही है , इसकी मुबारक है . bākī vaisē sēvā baṛhtī jā rahī hai , iskī mubārak hai . bākī|bākī vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) x service grow[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

650Service is now continuing to increase and so congratulations for that.

549अभी सेवा और स्व दोनों का बैलेन्स रखो . abhī sēvā aur sva dōnō̃ kā balance rakhō . ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sva dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now service and x x of balance keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

651Now, keep a balance of both service and self.

550ऐसा सेवास्थान बनाओ जो सबके आगे एक एक्जैम्पुल हो . aisā sēvāsthān banāō jō sabkē āgē ēk example hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē ēk[adj.] example hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such service place create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everyone's previously one example (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

652Create such a service place that there is an example in front of everyone.

551जैसे म्युजियम होता है ना तो सब एड्रेस देते हैं ना , शहर में कहाँ भी जाओ , तो एड्रेस देते हैं यहाँ जाओ , यहाँ जाओ . jaisē museum hōtā hai nā tō sab address dētē haĩ nā , śhahar mē̃ kahā̃ bhī jāō , tō address dētē haĩ yahā̃ jāō , yahā̃ jāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] museum hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō sab[adj.] address dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō address dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like museum be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then all address give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , city in where too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then address give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] here go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , here go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

653When you have a museum, everyone gives the address of that, and if anyone goes anywhere into the city, you give them the address: Come here, come here (to the museum).

552ऐसे जिसको शान्ति चाहिए , हिम्मत चाहिए , उमंग उत्साह चाहिए वह आपकी एड्रेस में पहुंचे . aisē jiskō śhānti chāhiē , himmat chāhiē , umaṅg utsāh chāhiē vah āpkī address mē̃ pahuñchē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.sg.kō] śhānti chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] address mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] . such that[.kō] peace (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , courage (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , zeal enthusiasm (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that you[.kī] address in (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) .

654In the same way, whoever wants peace, courage, zeal and enthusiasm, they should come to your address.

553फैल जावे , अगर शान्ति का वायब्रेशन लेना हो तो यहाँ जाओ , अगर हिम्मत भरनी हो तो यहाँ जाओ . phail jāvē , agar śhānti kā vibration lēnā hō tō yahā̃ jāō , agar himmat bharnī hō tō yahā̃ jāō . phailnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , agar śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration lēnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō yahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , agar himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō yahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . spread[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , if peace of vibrations take[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then here go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , if courage fill[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then here go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

655It should spread that if anyone wants vibrations of peace, they should come here. 656If they want to fill themselves with courage, they should come here.

554ऐसे स्पेशल बनाओ . aisē special banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] special banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such special create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

657Make it special in this way.

555ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

658Is that OK?

556बाकी म्युजियम तो जहाँ तहाँ आध्यात्मिक म्यूजियम भी हैं , भाषण भी करते सब कुछ है . bākī museum tō jahā̃ tahā̃ ādhyātmik museum bhī haĩ , bhāṣhaṇ bhī kartē sab kuchh hai . bākī|bākī museum tō jahā̃ tahā̃[x] ādhyātmik[adj.] museum bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab kuchh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) museum then x spiritual museum too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , lecture too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] everything be[pres.sg.23] .

659There are museums everywhere; there are also spiritual museums; lectures are also given there; there is everything.

557लेकिन कोई विशेषता ऐसी स्थान की बनाओ जो ब्राह्मणों में भी और बाहर में भी यह प्रसिद्ध हो जाए कि यह चाहिए तो यहाँ जाओ क्योंकि आजकल लोगों को सुनने की आदत तो है लेकिन अनुभव करने की आदत नहीं है तो अगर अनुभव करने चाहें तो आपके पास आयें , यह प्रसिद्ध हो जाए कि अगर आपको अनुभव करना है तो यह एड्रेस है . lēkin kōī viśhēṣhtā aisī sthān kī|key banāō jō brāhmaṇō̃ mē̃ bhī aur bāhar mē̃ bhī yah prasiddh hō jāē ki yah chāhiē tō yahā̃ jāō kyōṅki ājkal lōgō̃ kō sunnē kī|key ādat tō hai lēkin anubhav karnē kī|key ādat nahī̃ hai tō agar anubhav karnē chāhē̃ tō āpkē pās|pass āyē̃ , yah prasiddh hō jāē ki agar āpkō anubhav karnā hai tō yah address hai . lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aur bāhar mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] tō yahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ājkal log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō agar anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] agar āp[pn.pl.kō] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] address hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but some speciality such place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Brahmin in too and outside in too this x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that this (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) then here go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because nowadays people to listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit then be[pres.sg.23] but experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit not be[pres.sg.23] then if experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] then you[.kē] (x|pass) come[opt.pl.12hon3] , this x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that if you[.kō] experience do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then this address be[pres.sg.23] .

660But now, create a speciality of that place so that it becomes well known among Brahmins and outside too, that if they want this, they should come here, because nowadays, people have the habit of listening, but they don't have the habit of experiencing, and so, if they want to experience something, they should come to you. 661It should become well known: if you want to have an experience, this is the address.

558बाकी अच्छे हैं . bākī achchhē haĩ . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (but|others) achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

662Otherwise, you are good.

559निमित्त बने हुए हैं . nimitt banē huē haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

663You have become instruments.

560बापदादा को सेवा तो बड़ी पसन्द है . bāpdādā kō sēvā tō baṛī pasand hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to service then very love be[pres.sg.23] .

664BapDada loves your service very much.

561सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हो . sēvā achchhī kar rahē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

665You are doing good service.

562और आपस में यहाँ जब संगठन में आते हो तो संगठन भी अच्छा करते हो , स्वयं और सेवा दोनों का अच्छा करते हो . aur āpas mē̃ yahā̃ jab saṅgaṭhan mē̃ ātē hō tō saṅgaṭhan bhī achchhā kartē hō , svayã aur sēvā dōnō̃ kā achchhā kartē hō . aur āpas mē̃[x] yahā̃ jab saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , svayã aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . and with each other here when gathering in come[pres.pl.m.2] then gathering too achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] , x and service x of achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] .

666And when all of you come together here, that gathering is also good: it is a good gathering for the self and service.

563इसमें आगे बढ़ते रहो . ismē̃ āgē baṛhtē rahō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . this[.mē̃] previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

667Continue to move forward in this.

564डबल विदेशी मुख्य भाईयों से  : अच्छा है आपका संगठन बढ़िया है . double vidēśhī mukhya bhāīyō̃ sē  : achchhā hai āpkā saṅgaṭhan baṛhiyā hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukhya[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] saṅgaṭhan[x] baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner main brother from  : achcha be[pres.sg.23] you[.kā] gathering x be[pres.sg.23] .

668BapDada meeting foreign senior brothers: It is good; your gathering is very good.

565अगर सभी जो बाप ने आज बैलेन्स सुनाया , स्व का और सेवा का , दोनों का बैलेन्स बाप की ब्लैसिंग दिलाता रहेगा . agar sabhī jō bāp nē āj balance sunāyā , sva kā aur sēvā kā , dōnō̃ kā balance bāp kī|key blessing dilātā rahēgā . agar sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āj balance sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sva kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key blessing dilānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . if all that father ∅ today balance speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x of and service of , x of balance father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing x[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

669If all of you keep the balance that the Father spoke about today, of the self and service, then the balance of both will enable you to receive blessings from the Father.

566बाकी सभी अपनी अपनी सर्विस में अच्छे चल रहे हो उसकी मुबारक हो . bākī sabhī apnī apnī service mē̃ achchhē chal rahē hō uskī mubārak hō . bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] service[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (but|others) all one’s own one’s own service in achcha continue[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

670All of you are moving ahead in your own service very well. 671Congratulations for that.

567निर्विघ्न है ना  ! nirvighna hai nā  ! nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

672You are free from obstacles, are you not?

568क्योंकि आप निमित्त हो तो निमित्त वाले जो करेंगे वह सब देख करके करेंगे . kyōṅki āp nimitt hō tō nimitt vālē jō karē̃gē vah sab dēkh karkē karē̃gē . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then instrument those who that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that all see[root] do[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

673Because you are instruments, then whoever sees the instruments doing something, they all follow.

569और उसका एकस्ट्रा पुण्य मिलता है क्योंकि दूसरे को हिम्मत मिली . aur uskā extra puṇya miltā hai kyōṅki dūsrē kō himmat milī . aur vah[pn.sg.kā] extra puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.f.] . and that[.kā] extra charity receive[pres.sg.m.23] because other to courage receive[past-part.f.] . 570तो वह भी आगे बढ़ा . tō vah bhī āgē baṛhā . tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|baṛhānā[root] . then that too previously (grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]|increase[root]) .

674And you receive extra charity for that because others receive courage, and so they also move forward.

571तो आपके अनुभव से दूसरा अनुभवी बनता है , आगे बढ़ता है तो उनका फल आपको मिलता है , वह क्या मिलता है  ? tō āpkē anubhav sē dūsrā anubhavī bantā hai , āgē baṛhtā hai tō unkā phal āpkō miltā hai , vah kyā miltā hai  ? tō āp[pn.pl.kē] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhavī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] , āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.pl.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then you[.kē] experience from other experienced become[pres.sg.m.23] , previously grow[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kā] fruit you[.kō] receive[pres.sg.m.23] , that what receive[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

675So, others also become experienced through your experience; they move forward and so you receive the fruit of that. 676What is that fruit?

572अन्दर की खुशी . andar kī|key khuśhī . andar karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . inside (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness .

677Internal happiness.

573हल्कापन . halkāpan . halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . lightness .

678Lightness.

574कोई प्राबलम , प्राबलम नहीं लगेगी . kōī problem , problem nahī̃ lagēgī . kōī[pn.;d.] problem , problem nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . some problem , problem not x[fut.f.sg.23] .

679Then any problem will not seem like a problem.

575जो गायन है ना पहाड़ भी रूई बन जायेगा . jō gāyan hai nā pahāṛ bhī rūī ban jāyēgā . jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rūī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . that x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x too x become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

680It is remembered that a mountain becomes like cotton wool.

576देखने में बड़ी प्राबलम आयेगी लेकिन अनुभव के आधार से ऐसी हल्की हो जायेगी जैसे रूई . dēkhnē mē̃ baṛī problem āyēgī lēkin anubhav kē|K ādhār sē aisī halkī hō jāyēgī jaisē rūī . dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] problem ānā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . see[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very problem come[fut.f.sg.23] but experience (of|K) basis from such light be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] like x .

681It may seem like a big problem, but, on the basis of your experience, it will become light like cotton wool.

577तो प्राबलम प्रूफ हो जायेंगे . tō problem proof hō jāyēṅgē . tō problem proof hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then problem proof be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

682Then you will become problem-proof.

578ऐसी लाइफ हो जायेगी , नो प्राबलम . aisī life hō jāyēgī , no problem . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] life hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , no problem[x] . such life be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , no problem .

683Your life will become like that: no problem.

579है प्राबलम  ? hai problem  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] problem  ? be[pres.sg.23] problem  ?

684Do you have any problems?

580बस दिल से याद करो , कोई भी छोटी मोटी बात आवे , मेरा बाबा , बस . bas dil sē yād karō , kōī bhī chhōṭī mōṭī bāt āvē , mērā bābā , bas . basnā[root]|bas dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , basnā[root]|bas . (x[root]|simply) heart from remember , anyone small gross matter come[opt.sg.23] , I[.kā] Baba , (x[root]|simply) .

685Simply remember Baba with your heart. 686Whenever there are any big or small problems, simply say, "My Baba.

581बाबा आप ले लो . bābā āp lē lō . bābā āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . Baba you take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .

687Baba, You take this."

582तो प्राबलम बाबा के पास पहुंच जायेगी , आप हल्के हो जायेंगे . tō problem bābā kē pās pahuñch jāyēgī , āp halkē hō jāyēṅgē . tō problem bābā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , āp[pn.pl.] halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then problem Baba to reach[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , you light be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

688Then the problem will reach Baba and you will become light.

583बाप के साथ चलना है ना , पीछे पीछे तो नहीं आना है , साथ साथ चलना है तो उड़ना पड़ेगा . bāp kē sāth chalnā hai nā , pīchhē pīchhē tō nahī̃ ānā hai , sāth sāth chalnā hai tō uṛnā paṛēgā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , pīchhē pīchhē tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō uṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . father with continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , x x then not come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , with with continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then fly[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

689You want to return with the Father, do you not? 690You do not want to follow, do you? 691If you want to return with the Father, you will have to fly.

584बाप उड़ेंगे और बच्चे हल्के नहीं होंगे तो उड़ेंगे कैसे . bāp uṛē̃gē aur bachchē halkē nahī̃ hōṅgē tō uṛē̃gē kaisē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . father fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and child light not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3] how .

692The Father will fly, but if the children are not light, how will they fly?

585साथ तो चल नहीं सकेंगे . sāth tō chal nahī̃ sakē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō chalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with then continue[root] not can[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

693They cannot return together by walking.

586इसलिए डबल लाइट . isliē double light . isliē double light[x] . therefore double-light .

694Therefore, become double-light.

587कोई भी प्रकार का बोझ नहीं . kōī bhī prakār kā bōjh nahī̃ . kōī bhī[x] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . anyone form of burden not .

695There should not be any type of burden.

588जो बोझ हो बाप को दे दो . jō bōjh hō bāp kō dē dō . jō[pn.;d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . that burden (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

696If you have any burden, give it to the Father.

589खुद हल्के रहो . khud halkē rahō . khud halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . oneself light remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

697You remain light.

590देना तो आना है ना . dēnā tō ānā hai nā . dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . give[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

698You know how to give it, do you not?

591और बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाने वाले हो . aur bahut achchhā part bajānē vālē hō . aur bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and very achcha part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

699And you are those who are playing a very good part.

592प्राबलम नहीं देखो . problem nahī̃ dēkhō . problem nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . problem not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

700Do not look at the problems.

593डबल लाइट बनके आगे बढ़ते रहो . double light bankē āgē baṛhtē rahō . double light[x] bannā[abs.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . double-light become[abs.] previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

701Be double-light and continue to move forward.

594इसके ( दादी जानकी के ) डायरेक्शन से चलो . iskē ( dādī jānkī kē|K ) direction sē chalō . yah[pn.sg.kē] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ) direction sē[postp.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] ( Dadi x (of|K) ) direction from continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

702Continue to move along with this one's (Dadi Janki's) directions.

595बाप आपको मदद देगा . bāp āpkō madad dēgā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . father you[.kō] x give[fut.m.sg.23] .

703The Father will give His help.

596बहुत सेवा कर सकते हैं . bahut sēvā kar saktē haĩ . bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . very service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

704You can do a lot of service.

597विशेषता है . viśhēṣhtā hai . viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . speciality be[pres.sg.23] .

705You have speciality.

598सभी विशेष है . sabhī viśhēṣh hai . sab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all special be[pres.sg.23] .

706All of you are special.

599ग्रुप ही विशेष है . group hī viśhēṣh hai . group hī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . group only special be[pres.sg.23] .

707This group itself is special.

600हर एक में कोई न कोई विशेषता है तभी यह ग्रुप बना है . har ēk mē̃ kōī na kōī viśhēṣhtā hai tabhī yah group banā hai . har ēk[x] mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tabhī yah[pn.sg.d.] group bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . each one in one .. or another speciality be[pres.sg.23] x this group become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

708Each one of you has one speciality or another and that is why this group has been created.

601उस विशेषता को कार्य में लाओ . us viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ lāō . vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that speciality to task in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

709Use that speciality.

602रूको नहीं कार्य में लाओ . rūkō nahī̃ kārya mē̃ lāō . x nahī̃[neg] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x not task in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

710Do not stop, but use it.

603ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .

711Is that OK?

604सब बहुत अच्छी निमित्त आत्मायें अच्छी हो . sab bahut achchhī nimitt ātmāyē̃ achchhī hō . sab[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all very achcha instrument soul achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

712All of you are very good instrument souls.

605बापदादा का विशेष प्यार है . bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh pyār hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of special love be[pres.sg.23] .

713BapDada has special love for you.

606सभी एक दो से अच्छे हो . sabhī ēk dō sē achchhē hō . sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

714Each of you is better than the next.

607अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

715Achcha.

716* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)